CERTAIN IMPROVEMENTS IN CERTAIN MACHINERY FOR MAKING FIGURED OR ORNAMENTED BOBBIN NET, OR WHAT IS COMMONLY CALLED. ORNAMENTED BOBBIN NET LACE
Year: 1835

page_text: TO ALL TO WHOM THESE PRESENTS SHALL COME, I, WILLIAM
CROFTS, of New Radford, in the County of Nottingham, Machine Maker,
send greeting.
WHEREAS I did, by Petition, humbly represent unto His present most.
Excellent King William the Fourth that, after considerable application and
expense, I had invented "CERTAIN IMPROVEMENTS IN CERTAIN MACHINERY FOR
MAKING FIGURED OR ORNAMENTED BOBBIN NET, OR WHAT IS COMMONLY CALLED.
ORNAMENTED BOBBIN NET LACE," part of which improvements are extensions
of certain improvements for which Letters Patent have been granted to
him, bearing day the Twenty-seventh of May, One thousand eight hundred and
thirty-four; and His said Majesty, being willing to give encouragement to all.
arts and inventions which may be for the public good, was graciously pleased,
by His Royal Letters Patent under the Great Seal of the United Kingdom of
Great Britain and Ireland, bearing date at Westminster, the Twenty-sixth day
of June last (One thousand eight hundred and thirty-five) in the fifth year of
His reign, for Himself, His heirs and successors, to give and grant unto me,
the said William Crofts, my executors, administrators, and assigns, His especial
licence, full power, sole privilege and authority, that I or they, by myself or
themselves, or by my or their deputies, servants, or agents, or such others as I
or they should agree with (and no others), during the term of fourteen years
from the date of the said Letters Patent, should and lawfully might make,
use, exercise, and vend my said Invention within that part of His said

page_text: Majesty's Dominions called England, His Dominion of Wales, and Town of
Berwick-upon-Tweed, and also in all His Majesty's Colonies and Plantations
abroad, in such manner as to me, my executors, administrators, and assigns,
shall seem meet, and as that I or they shall enjoy the whole profit and
advantage arising by reason of the said Invention during the said term of
fourteen years; and for that end His said Majesty requires and strictly com-
mands all His subjects whatsoever that they shall not, neither directly nor
indirectly, make, use, or put in practice my said Invention, or any part thereof,
nor in anywise counterfeit, imitate, or resemble the same, nor make any
addition thereto or subtraction therefrom, whereby to pretend himself or them-
selves to be the inventor or inventors thereof: And whereas the said Letters
Patent contain a proviso obliging me, the said William Crofts, particularly to
describe and ascertain the nature of my said Invention, and in what manner
the same is to be performed, by an instrument in writing under my hand
and seal, and cause the same to be inrolled in His Majesty's High Court
of Chancery within six calendar months next and immediately after the date
of the said Letters Patent, as in and by the same, reference being thereunto
liad, will more fully and at large appear.
NOW KNOW YE, that in compliance with the said proviso, I, the said
William Crofts, do hereby declare that my said Invention is described and
ascertained in manner following, and by the aid of the thirty-eight Sheets of
Drawings hereunto annexed, that is to say:-
One part of my present improvements in machinery for making figured or
ornamented bobbin net lace is for the purpose of interweaving patches of
clothwork into the tissue of real bobbin net, which is composed of longitudinal
threads supplied from a warp roller and oblique traversing threads supplied
from bobbins in carriages, the two sorts of threads being combined together
by twisting the bobbin threads and warp threads together, and then crossing
the bobbin threads over each other to unite such twists in a suitable manner
for forming hexagonal meshes of the usual kind for bobbin net lace, the
cloth work ornaments being formed in continuity with such meshes by the
introduction of additional threads, called weft threads, crossing alternately over
and under such of the warp and bobbin threads belonging to the net as pro-
ceed along the clothwork, so as to interlace or interweave therewith in the
manner of wicker basketwork or woven cloth, the said threads of the net
constituting the warp of the clothwork, and being diverted from their usual
net-making directions so as to assume a longitudinal direction parallel to each
other in the clothwork, where they are intersected at right angles by the
aforesaid additional weft threads, which proceed alternately backwards and

page_text: forwards across the said warp threads by successive zigzag courses; that is to
say, those warp threads which are always longitudinal threads in the net,
and also those bobbin threads which would be oblique traversing threads if
they were forming meshes of the net, are, according to this part of my
improvements, all rendered parallel threads in the clothwork, those bobbin
threads which would be traversing threads being for that purpose diverted
from their traversing direction, and caused to assume a longitudinal parallel
direction so as to become regularly interspaced between the longitudinal
threads whilst both sorts of threads are proceeding along the clothwork
whereof they are to constitute the warp, and they are crossed and intersected
by the additional weft threads which constitute the weft of the clothwork; and
the latter threads are woven alternately backwards and forwards in successive
zigzag courses across and across the two sorts of threads belonging to the net,
which threads, being rendered parallel as aforesaid, will not form their usual
twists or crosses whilst they are so constituting the warp of the clothwork, as
they or other of their fellow warp and bobbin threads must do in order to form
the hexagonal meshes of the tissue of bobbin net which serves for the
transparent ground on which the ornamental patches of clothwork are
displayed, and which patches may be surrounded (as may be required) at one
or both sides of each patch with such meshes of real bobbin net.
And whereas in my former Specifications, enrolled on the Twenty-third of
June last and on the Twenty-fourth of September last, in pursuance of
Letters Patent granted to me on the Twenty-third December, One thou-
sand eight hundred and thirty-four, and again on the Thirtieth July, One
thousand eight hundred and thirty-five, I have fully described my mode
of making bobbin net lace figured or ornamented with patterns of woven
clothworth, in manner aforesaid, as applied to certain kinds of bobbin net lace
machinery, it is unnecessary to enter into further details of the nature of
such clothwork ornamented bobbin net lace, because this part of my present
improvements is for the attainment of the same object as my said former
improvements, but attained by operation of a different kind of bobbin net lace
machinery from those kinds thereof which are described in my said two former
Specifications; that is to say, in my said former Specification of the Twenty-
third June last I described (by the aid of Sheets XI. to XVI. of the Drawings
thereunto annexed) the manner of arranging the parts of one particular kind
of bobbin net machinery for the purpose aforesaid, being a circular bolt single
tier inverted machine, with the warp roller at the upper part, and the lace
rollers at the lower part, the warp threads being threaded through the eyes of
one row of guides, and the bobbin carriages being all passed between the
warp.

page_text: threads in one rod, but being occasionally divided into two rows or divisions
for the purpose of traversing the bobbin carriages and forming crosses of the
bobbin threads, the said machine being similar in that respect to the usual
mode of working in what is called Lever's machinery, although in other respects
the said machine bears a greater resemblance to pusher machinery, because
the machine is inverted, and the bobbins and carriages are moved backwards
and forwards in their circular bolts by the swinging action of pushers fixed on
pusher bars; and in my said further Specification of the Twenty-fourth
September last I described the manner of attaining nearly. the same object by
operation of what is commonly called Lever's machinery, and also what is
called double tier circular bolt or comb machinery.
And this part of my present improvements (now to be explained in pur-
suance of my said Letters Patent of the Twenty-sixth day of June last) is for
the new and further application of the same principle of action as is set forth
in my said former Specifications of the Twenty-third June and Twenty-fourth
of September last to that kind of machinery already in use which is com-
monly called pusher machinery, which is inverted machinery having the warp
roller at the upper part and the lace roller at the lower part, the warp threads
being threaded through the eyes of two rows of guides, and the bobbin
carriages being passed and repassed between the warp threads one division
after another by the swinging action of pushers fixed on pusher bars. Such a
pusher machine, with my present improvements applied thereto, is represented
in Sheets I. to VIII. of the Drawings hereunto annexed. The names of the
principal parts of the machine are written on the Drawings; the fixed parts of
the machinery are tinted with Indian ink, and the several moving parts are
colored, all the parts which concur with each other for the performance of
each portion of the operation of the machine being distinguished by tinting
with the same colour. The aforesaid principle of action in this part of my
present improvements (as well as in my said former improvements, as
specified on the Twenty-third of June and Twenty-fourth of September last)
is to arrange the parts and movements of the ordinary bobbin net machinery
to which my said improvements are applied in such manner that the cloth-
working operations may be going on with the weaving threads and cor-
responding portions of the set of bobbins and carriages and warp threads, as
before mentioned, without any hindrance to the performance of the ordinary
twisting and crossing or traversing operations by other portions of the same
set of bobbin carriages and warp threads, in order by that means to form a
tissue of meshes of true bobbin net at one or both sides of the places where
clothwork ornaments are to be made contemporaneously with the said meshes;

page_text: and for this purpose I apply an extra guide bar or bars, with extra guides for
receiving those particular warp threads, which, conjointly with their inter-
mediate bobbin threads, are from time to time to form the warp threads of the
clothwork, the office of such extra guides being to hold those particular warp
threads motionless at all times when they are so serving in part of the
warp of the clothwork, but without occasioning any hindrance to or inter-
ference with such ordinary racking motions as are required to be given to those
other warp threads which are threaded through the ordinary rows of guides
for causing those threads to perform their part in the ordinary course of
procedure, for forming twists and crosses for the meshes of bobbin net which
are to be made in the machinery cotemporaneously with the making of
the clothwork ornaments and side by side therewith for constituting the
plain transparent network or ground whereon those ornaments are to be dis-
placed. And also I employ suitable and appropriate means of avoiding the
progressive traversing of those particular bobbin carriages whereof the bobbin
threads are for the time to serve (conjointly with their intermediate warp
threads before mentioned) for the warp of the clothwork, the said means of
so avoiding the traversing of the said carriages (which may be called non-
traversing carriages) being such as will not occasion any hindrance to or
interference with the usual traversing operations of those other bobbin car-
riages which are required to perform their part in the ordinary course of
procedure for forming twists and crossings for the meshes of bobbin net which
are to be made cotemporaneously with the cloth work ornament, and side by
side therewith, as aforesaid. And also I use double the usual number of
pointed pins in each row of the points which are for taking up, or rather in
this machine for taking down, and forming the meshes of the bobbin net, as
well as for taking down the successive transvers shoots weft threads for forming
the clothwork, that taking down being repeated after every time of passing
and repassing the whole set of bobbin carriages, which double number of
taking-down points, and frequency of taking down, is a suitable mode for
taking down the successive courses of weft threads to lay them close together
in form of clothwork at all such places in the width of the net, and at all
such times as clothwork is making, but does not interfere with the proper
and ordinary functions of the points for taking down the ordinary twists
and crosses of the threads which are to form meshes of bobbin net of
cotemporaneous fabrication with the clothwork ornaments, and side by
side therewith, as aforesaid. The pointed pins of one row of points are
disposed as to be always exactly under or exactly over those of the other row
And also in this part of my present improvements (as well as in those

page_text: described in my said former Specification of the Twenty-fourth of September
last) I apply mechanism to give off the weft threads from their respective weft
thread rollers at the moment when the points are in the act of taking down
each of the successive zigzag courses of those threads, in order that the same
may be interlaid into the clothwork with a suitable tension for giving such
fulness or sharpness of curvature to the returning bands of the successive zig-
zag courses of weft threads as will best serve to produce an ornamental
appearance in the lateral outline of the several patches of clothwork. The
alterations which are desirable to be made in the different parts of the ordinary
pusher machine, in order to adapt it for working according to my present
improvements, are as follows:-See Sheet I. of the Drawings. A wider space
than is usual should be left between the ends of the front combs and of the
back combs, in order to leave room for the admission of long guides 18, 19,
for the weaving threads between the warp threads and the ends of the combs;
but to enable the bobbin carriages to pass and repass with safety across the
wider space they should be made longer than usual at their bottom parts,
wherefore the combs must be of corresponding length to receive the long
carriages, and the pushers must, for the same reason, be longer than usual, and
a greater extent of swinging motion must be given to the pusher bars G, II.
All this is sufficiently explained by the Drawings. The swinging motion of
the two pusher bars G, H, see Sheets II., III., and IV., is given by a re-
volving driving camm 50, with a corresponding or counter camm 51, fixed on
the horizontal axis of the usual double turning handle by which the workman
actuates the whole machine, those two camms forming the substitute for the
one revolving crank commonly used in pusher machinery. The camms 50, 51,
are fixed on the said axis near to the left-hand main end standard of the
machine, and actuate the crank bar arm at that end, and consequently all the
other crank bar arms by which the front pusher bar G is suspended, by means
of a driving lever 52, which is moveable about a fixed centre pin at its lower
end, and the upper end is connected by a link 54 with the aforesaid right-
handmost one of the several crank bar arms by which the front pusher bar G
is suspended. The driving lever 52 has a pin fixed into it, with a truck fitted
thereon for the driving camm 50 to act against, in order to move the pusher
bars forwards in their swinging motion; the shape of the camm 50 is deli-
neated in Sheet VI. The other or counter camm 31, which is fixed at the
side of the camm 30, acts backwards against a truck fitted on a pin borne by a
pendulous counter lever 53, which swings about a fixed centre pin at its upper
end, and the two pins whereon the said trucks of both camms are fitted are
connected together by a cross link 55, which transmits the action of one camm.

page_text: to the truck of the other camin, and causes the driving lever 52 and the front.
pusher bar to be moved backwards as well as forwards. Motion being thus.
given to the front pusher bar G, the back one H is caused to swing backwards-
and forwards with equal and simultaneous motions by the usual means of a cross
link which horizontally extends across beneath the lace roller from a joint at
the lower end of the pendulous lever of the crank bar axis in front to a joint.at:
the lower end of the corresponding pendulous lever at the back.. The shape:
of the camm 50 is calculated to produce a sufficient pause in the swinging.
motion of the pusher bars (when they have swung out to the full extent of:
their vibration each way) for allowing the racking motions of the long weaving
guides 18, 19, to be effected, because as those guides are at times required
to be racked over several spaces at once for the purpose of laying the weft of
the cloth work across several warp threads,, more time will be required for
racking them than is usually allowed for the ordinary racking motions of. the
comb bars, pusher bars, and guide bars, when the swinging motions of the
pusher bars is communicated by a revolving crank, as is usually done in ordi-
nary. pusher machinery. Note: The machinery will be most suitable for:
making clothwork ornamented bobbin net if it is of a coarse gage, such as is
usually termed six, seven, or eight point, instead of ten, eleven, or twelve
point, as is most common in other lace machinery..
The Drawings Sheets I. and V. represent a seven-point gage, which requires
fourteen combs per inch, and seven guides and seven pushers per inch, in each
row of main guides and main pushers back and front, consequently. each
division of the bobbin carriages which is passed and repassed at once between
the warp threads will contain seven bobbin carriages per inch. But note, the
bobbins and their carriages should be thinner than according to the usual
proportion to the coarse gage of the machinery, in order they may pass very
easily between the threads without interfering with the weaving guides 18, 19.
If they are of the thickness usually given to the bobbins and carriages for a ten-
point pusher machine they will be suitable for this seven-point, machine. The,
two rows of taking-down points 30, 80, contain fourteen points per inch in each
row back and front,, being double the number belonging properly to the gage
of the machine, and the pins of the front row are always exactly over or exactly.
under the pins of the back row. The machine must be provided with three
extra. guide bars 25, 26, and 27, in addition to the two main guide bars t, t,
and all the five guide bars are lodged in suitable.bearings formed in two fixed:
bars 1, 1, which occupy the central part of the machine, extending horizontally:
from one end to the other; and being firmly fixed to each end with such
middle supports as may be required, the two fixed bars 1, 1, leave a space.
between them for the several guide, threads to pass down to the eyes of the

page_text: guides. The two rows of main guides v, v, back and front, have guides cut out
of their respective rows, as shewn in Figure V, Sheet * , in order to leave
vacancies opposite to those places in the width of the net where patches of
clothwork are to be made therein, all those warp threads which are to
form part of the warp of the clothwork being left out of the rows of
main guides. The other warp threads which are to form the warp for the
imeshes of plain net at the sides of the patches of clothwork are supplied from
the usual warp thread roller k at the upper part of the machine, and con-
ducted down therefrom in the space between the two fixed bars i, 1, to be
threaded through the eyes of the two rows of guides in the usual manner of
pusher machines, excepting the said vacancies in those guides. The two
extra guide bars 26 and 27 in front are provided for receiving those threads
which (conjointly with their intermediate bobbin threads) are to form the warp
threads of the clothwork, and which threads, as before mentioned, are left out
of the main guides; and as they fill up the vacancies in the rows of main
guides they may be called filling guides. Those on the guide 26 are at the
rate of fourteen per inch, and therefore they supply the vacancies of guide
threads in both rows of main guides v, v, back and front. The bar 27 has
only one such filling guide at each place where clothwork is to interweave
with and join laterally to the adjacent meshes of net, and may be called the
outside filling guides. The guide threads which are guided by the outside
filling guides on the bar 27 are sometimes employed to twist in with the plain
net which is making side by side with the clothwork, and at other times to
form part of the warp of the clothwork; but the threads of the filling guides
on the bar 26 continue always in parallel longitudinal courses within the
clothwork, excepting in the intervals between the successive patches of cloth-
work, and then they are intertwisted with their corresponding non-traversing
bobbin threads, in order to form intervening twists for occupying the intervals
or vacant spaces between the said successive patches, which interval in most
patterns of clothwork ornamented bobbin net need not be more than the length
of net which would be occupied by one row of complete meshes of net; and in
that case no crossings of bobbin thread will be required for lateral uniting of the
said intervening twists into meshes; wherefore those bobbin threads which
(conjointly with their intermediate guide threads form the warp of the cloth-
work) never traverse at any time, and are properly called non-traversing
carriages. The succeeding patches of clothwork which follow one another,
with the aforesaid small intervening vacancies between them filled up by
twists, form longitudinal stripes along the net.

page_text: The clothwork ornamented bobbin net made according to this part of my said
improvements may be either made in wide pieces ornamented with patches of
clothwork in stripes, or else in narrow breadths, united during the fabrication
into a continuous tissue by temporary whipping or lacing threads; and in either
case each clothwork may have meshes of net joined laterally to each side of it,
and then there must be two outside filling guides on the extra guide bar 27 at
every place in the width of the net where clothwork is to be made therein, in
order to interweave and join both sides of each patch (or stripe of patches) of
clothwork laterally to the adjacent meshes of plain net; but the more usual
fabrication will be for narrow breadths of bobbin net having the clothwork
ornaments disposed along one edge of each breadth, forming an ornamental
bordering to the meshes of net which constitute the breadth, in which case only
one outside filling guide will be requisite at each place in the width of the net
where clothwork is to be made therein. The machine represented in the
Drawings will be described as adapted for making breadths with the clothwork
ornaments disposed along the left-hand border of each breadth in succeeding
patches along the length of the net, and the aforesaid one outside filling guide on
the extra guide bar 27 will be at the right-hand edge of each patch or stripe of
patches of clothwork, in order to join the same to the meshes of net. All the
filling guide threads which are threaded through the filling guides of the extra
guide bars 26 and 27 are supplied from an additional warp roller 15, distinct
from the main warp roller k. The whipping threads which are introduced for
lacing and uniting the adjacent edges of the several breadths together during
their fabrication are supplied in the usual manner of making breadths in pusher
machinery from particular carriages called whipping carriages, which are non-
traversing carriages, and being well known they require no description; but
the whipping threads will in this case have to unite the ordinary plain
selvedge at the right-hand edge of each breadth to the left-handmost edge of
the ornamental bordering of clothwork belonging to the next adjacent
breadth; and such uniting will be facilitated by using two whipping threads in
place of one, with an intermediate longitudinal thread in the interval between
the edges of the breadths which are to be joined, in order that each of the
two whipping threads may lace around the said intermediate thread and unite
it to each of the edges between which it is interspaced. Such intermediate
longitudinal threads are supplied from a distinct warp thread roller 24, and are
threaded through the eyes of selvedge guides on the back extra guide bar 25,
When the net is finished the said intermediate selvedge thread and the two
whipping threads are all three drawn out in order to separate the breadths.
The racking motions for the usual bars of pusher machinery are derived from

page_text: the usual racking wheels on the axis Z, which extends horizontally across the
right-hand end of the machine, and is turned round by means of a large
face cog wheel Y of eighty-four teeth fixed on the front end of it, and actuated
by a pinion of twelve teeth fixed on the extreme end of the axis of the
double turning handles and of the driving camm 50, which axis is turned
round seven times to make one row of complete meshes of net, and in that
time the racking wheels on the axis Z go once round, all which is just as usual
in ordinary pusher machinery. The racking motions for the extra bars above
described are derived from large extra racking wheels or fancy racking wheels
on a horizontal cross axis 56, at the left-hand eud of the machine, and they
are turned round by a kind of double worm or endless screw 5, of two oblique
spiral threads, fixed upon the extreme ends of the axis of the aforesaid turning
handles and driving camms, and acting in the teeth of a large face cog
wheel 37, of fifty-six teeth, to turn the same, with an intermitting motion of
one tooth at a time, with intervening pauses. The double worm 5, having
two oblique spiral threads, moves the wheel 87 two teeth for every turn of
the handles; and as seven such turns make a row of complete meshes the
wheel 37, and all the fancy racking wheels on the axis 56, will be turned once
round whilst four succeeding rows of complete meshes are made. The
obliquity of each of the spiral threads of the worm 5 is very rapid, but it is
only continued around a part of the circumference of the worm, and the
remainder of that circumference is the plain edge of a flat circular disk which
enters between the teeth of the wheel 37 in the intervals between the actions
of the two oblique portions, which when they come between the teeth actuate
the wheel 87 with a sudden motion; but the said plain edge which intervenes
between the two spiral portions does not communicate any motion; on the
contrary, it holds the wheel 87 fast from turning until another of the oblique
portions comes round and enters between the teeth, and then that turns the
wheel 37 one tooth more with a sudden motion, which is succeeded by a pause
as soon as the oblique part has passed away from between the teeth and the
plain edge has entered between them, and then another tooth is turned
suddenly when the other oblique portion comes round between the teeth,
and so on continually. The said motions of the fancy racking wheels are
given at the usual racking times; that is, when the several steps on the
ordinary racking wheels on the axis Z come into action to rack the bars, which
is at every time that the pusher bars have swung out to the full extent
of their vibration either way, and then returned so much as to withdraw the
extremities of the pushers between the warp threads; the driving camm 50
causes a slight pause; as before-mentioned, in that swinging motion when

page_text: the same is at its fullest extent each way; and it is during those pauses that
the oblique parts of the worm 5 give motion of one tooth to the wheel 37, in
order that there may be sufficient time allowed for the performance of the
racking motions which are to be communicated by the fancy racking wheels
on the axis 56 to the weaving guides 18 or 19. The two weaving bars 16
and 17 are supported in bearings at each end with such middle supports as
are requisite to keep them from bending, but they stand detached from the
fixed bars 1, 1, which sustain the other guide bars. The weaving bars 16
and 17 are racked endways by large fancy racking wheels 20 and 21 fixed on
the cross axis 56 (see Sheets VII. and VIII). There is one long weaving
guide 18 fixed on the front weaving bar 16, and another 19 on the back
weaving bar 17, opposite to every place in the width of the net where cloth-
work is to be interwoven therein. The weaving guides 18 and 19 are made
of steel, very thin, edgeways; they reach down from each of the weaving bars.
16 and 17, and descend through the spaces between the ends of the combs.
and the warp threads, which spaces must, as before mentioned, be wide
enough to admit them and allow them to be racked or moved laterally therein.
The said guides 18 and 19 reach down as far as the bobbin carriages reach.
down, so as to go low enough for bringing the weft threads within reach of the
taking-down points, when they are to operate as is shewn by the dotted lines
in Sheet I. The weft threads are conducted down through suitable eyes
in the long guides 18 and 19, and are lodged within grooves cut into the
thickness of the upright part of the steel guides, in order that the threads may
be kept out of the way of the carriages when the same are passed and
repassed between the warp threads and between the long guides with their
contained weft threads; and it is to avoid catching the long guides or their
contained weft threads that the bobbins and carriages should be made thinner
than in proportion to the coarse gage of the machine, as before mentioned.
The weft threads are supplied either from two thread rollers at the upper
part of the machine, or else from detached wooden bobbins mounted side by-
side in rows on pins fixed into two horizontal rails over the machine, neither.
of which modes is represented in the Drawings, but in either case the said
weft thread rollers or bobbins must be very free to give off thread; and
to obtain the requisite tension for the weft threads the threads must be
conducted around measuring rollers 28 and 45, Sheets II. and III., which are
covered with woollen cloth, and the weft threads making one complete turn
around those rollers will adhere so much that by giving appropriate and
timely motion to them the threads will be pulled off their weft thread rollers:
or bobbins and given down to the weaving guides in suitable quantities for.

page_text: being inlaid by their racking motions and taken down by action of the points
into their places in the cloth work with just so much tension as is desirable
The rollers 28 and 45 have each a ratchet wheel 29 and 47, with one
hundred and twenty-nine fine serrated teeth fixed upon the end of the axis,
and each ratchet wheel is provided with a clawker 32 and 43 for catching
and pulling round its teeth, and with a holding click 36 to prevent it from
going back, or else a friction cord and weight for the same purpose. The
clawkers 32 and 43 are jointed at the ends of levers 39, 39, which are poised
by their middles on fixed centre pins, and have trucks at their opposite ends
to apply to the circumference of larged notched wheels 40 and 46 on the
axis 56 of the fancy racking wheels. When either of the wheels 40 or 46
presents a notch to the truck of its lever 39, then by action of a reacting
spring the clawker 32 or 43 of that lever is raised up and takes hold of so
many teeth of the ratchet as is according to the depth of the notch, but no
more; and then, as the wheel 40 or 46 continues to turn and to carry away the
notch from the truck of the lever 39, the same is raised again, and the clawker
32 or 42 at the opposite end of the same lever is pulled down, so as to turn
the ratchet wheel 29 or 47 round that number of teeth. The motion thereby
given to the measuring roller 28 or 45 will give down the required quantity
of weft threads suitable for the extent of racking motion which is at the same
time given to the corresponding long guides 18 or 19 by their corresponding
fancy racking wheel 20 or 21, in order to lay or shoot those weft threads
across such an extent of the width of the net as the patch of clothwork
requires; and the weft thread so given down and laid across is immediately
taken down by action of the points, and deposited in place to form one
horizontal shoot of the zigzag course which the weft thread is to assume in
the clothwork, the front weaving guides 18, with their measuring roller 28,
operate to lay or shoot front weft threads at one time; and the threads so laid
are taken down by the back points, but at the next succeeding time of laying
a shoot of weft the back weaving guides 19, with their measuring roller 45,
must operate in concurrence with the front points. The point bars back
and front are mounted just as usual in pusher machinery, but are actuated by
four camms on a long horizontal axis U, which is turned by means of a cog
wheel T of one hundred and twenty-six teeth fixed on the extreme end of
the axis U, and deriving motion from a pinion S of eighteen teeth, fixed
on the axis of the turning handles and of the driving camms by means of
an intermediate cog wheel R, which is mounted on a stud centre pin fixed
into the frame. By this wheelwork the axis U is turned once round whilst a
row of complete meshes of net are made. The camm wheels m and p, fixed

page_text: on the axis U, operate by turns, for withdrawing and reinserting the points
by actuating trucks at the ends of lever arms n and 9, which project down-
wards and inwards from the two axes or spindle bars of the several crank
bar arms by which the front point bar and back point bar are respectively
supported. And the camms V and W operate upon trucks at the extremities
of levers and 7, which are connected by upright links s and u with the
front point bar and back point bar respectively, for the purpose of raising
up those bars by turns as soon as their points are withdrawn from the threads
by action of the withdrawing camms m or p; and then when those camms
have reinserted the points between the threads for taking down with the
same points, all which is common in other kinds of lace machinery, though
not usual in pusher machines, and the said parts S, R, T, U, m, n, and
p, q, v, e, s, and W, r, u, should be substituted for the parts called shoes, and
their accompanying levers with ball joints, as ordinarily practised in pusher
machinery. The pusher bars G, H, back and front, are suspended, guided,
and applied as usual in ordinary pusher machinery, and are racked by racking
wheels L and M on the axis Z, with the usual motion of pusher machinery
(see also Sheet V. and VI.);. and there are four extra pusher bars 7, 9, 10,
al 11, Sheet I. applied over the front pusher bar G, with extra pushers fixed
upon them to fill up vacancies in the row of front pushers. And there are
three extra pusher bars 12, 13, and 14, applied in like manner over the back
pusher bar H. Each of the said extra pusher bars is mounted on pivots at
the two ends, and supported in bearing pieces 8, 8, fixed on the main pusher
bars G and H, and is further supported by such middle bearings as may be
requisite to prevent it from bending. The several extra pusher bars are
racked by corresponding racking wheels on the axis Z (see Sheet V. and VI.),
the racking motions being transmitted to each bar by connections of sliding
bolts and other parts similar to those commonly used in ordinary pusher
machinery. The vacancies in the two rows of main pushers, and the manner
in which extra pushers are applied on the several extra pusher bars to fill up
those vacancies, is represented in Sheet V., and is further explained in the
following description of the operation of the machinery :-The said Figure on
Sheet V. represents as much of the several rows of main pushers and extra
pushers as belong to the making of two adjacent breadth of bobbin net with
a stripe of clothwork ornaments along the left-hand edge of each breadth to
form an ornamental border or edging thereto; wherefore, as many parts of
adjacent breadths as the machinery is intended to make at once, so many times
must the arrangements of pushers and extra pushers represented in Sheet V.
be repeated. Suppose the machine to have been in full work, and only

page_text: stopped for examination, immediately after No. 14 of the steps of the several
racking wheels have produced their racking actions, and no other motion
having been made since that racking, the positions of the several bars
will be as follows: The front comb bar stands racked towards the right
hand as far as it can go. It is capable of being racked one space, that is,
one fourteenth part of an inch for a machine of seven-point gage. The
same of the back comb bar. The carriages are all in one row in the back
combs, except the whipping carriages, of which there are two to cach
breadth, and also those turn-again carriages (one to each breadth) which
belong to the junctions of the clothwork, with the right hand selvedges of
each breadth, and likewise a part of those non-traversing carriages which
supply part of the warp threads of the clothwork, but which carriages are
never traversed. There are three such carriages in each breadth now in the
front comb. Note: Those carriages which will proceed towards the right in
traversing I call carriages R, and those which will proceed towards the left in
traversing I call carriages L. The two sorts of carriages are now interspaced
one between the other in the back combs, the whole now consisting of a car-
riage R and a carriage L alternately, excepting those carriages which, as before
mentioned, are in the front combs. The front guide bar t stands to the
right as far as it can go; it is capable of racking two spaces; it has seven
guides per inch, and four of those guides are cut out of every stripe of cloth-
work. The back guide bar t, which is capable of racking three spaces,
stands in a middle position, from which it is capable of racking either two
spaces to the left or one space to the right. It has also seven guides per
inch, with four cut out at every stripe, like the front ones. The filling guide
bar 26, which is in front, stands racked to the right as far as it can go ;
it racked by a large fancy wheel 4 on the axis 56, and is capable of racking
only one space, and carries five guides for each stripe of clothworth, these
threads standing at the rate of fourteen per inch opposite to the vacancies
in the row of main front guides, thereby guiding five out of six of those
warp threads which are to form part of the warp of the clothwerk. Note:
The right-handmost one of those threads at each stripe, making up the six
warp threads for each stripe of clothwork, is guided by a separate bar 27;
and all those said six threads are supplied from the said extra thread roller
15 which supplies all the warps threads of the cloth work. Note: There
áre also six weaving carriages to each stripe of clothwork, which supply the
intermediate warp threads to the last-mentioned six guide threads, and those
six carriages are non-traversing carriages, which are never traversed. They
are in addition to the aforesaid two whipping carriages to each breadth,

page_text: which are likewise non-traversing. The front outside filling guide bar,
marked 27 in Sheet I., is racked by a large racking wheel 6 on the axis 56
of the fancy racking wheels, and now stands in a middle position, from which
it can go two spaces to the right or one space to the left. This bar in the
machine now describing carries one guide, as before mentioned, for the right-
hand edge of every stripe of clothwork for guiding the right-handmost of the
guide threads which are to form part of the warp for the clothwork, that
thread being supplied from the aforesaid extra thread roller 15 which supplics
all the warp threads of the clothwork. The intermediate selvedge guide
bar 25 is racked by a large racking wheel 22 on the axis 56 of the fancy rack-
ing wheels, now stands in a middle position, from which it is capable of going
one space to the right or two spaces to the left. This bar carries one guide
for each stripe of clothwork, for guiding the intermediate selvedge thread which
is introduced between the edge of the clothwork and the selvedge of the adjacent
breadth, and which is laced by the whipping threads which are supplied by
the whipping carriages, but which intermediate selvedge threads will ultimately
be drawn out with the whipping threads when the threads are finished. The
said intermediate selvedge threads are supplied from a thread roller 24, or
bobbins of their own, and they now stand on the right hand of their corre-
sponding whipping carriages, which are now in the front combs, the said threads
being between those whipping carriages and the selvedge guide threads at the left-
hand edges of the adjacent breadths, the latter threads being threaded through
some of the front main guides. The front weaving bar, marked 16, which is
racked by a large racking wheel 2 on the axis 56, stands to the right as far
as it can go; it is capable of racking eleven spaces in all. The same of the
back weaving bar 17, and its racking wheel 3 on the axis 56. Each of the
weaving bars carries one long guide, 18 and 19, for every stripe of clothwork,
and those guides are now standing exactly before and behind the intermediato
selvedge threads above mentioned. The front pusher bar G, which is capable
of racking two spaces by its ordinary racking wheel L on the axis Z, now
stands in a middle position, from which it is capable of racking one space
of one-fourteenth of an inch either way. The back pusher bar H, which is
only capable of racking one space by its ordinary racking wheel M on the
axis Z, now stands racked to the left as far as it can go. The uppermost of
the four extra front pusher bars, marked 7 in Sheet I., is racked by the
racking wheel I on the axis Z, now stands racked to the right as far
as it can go; it is capable of racking one space; it carries one pusher
for each breadth at the left-hand selvedge of the breadth, that pusher
being provided for pushing back the turn-again carriage, which has been

page_text: one of the carriages L, and in consequence of this turn-again is about to
become one of the carriages R. The said pushers are now standing over
those main front pushers which are the left-handmost of those belonging
to each breadth, and are quite out of action; these have no corresponding
extra pusher bar or pusher at the back. The uppermost but one of the
front extra pushers bars marked 11 is racked by a racking wheel O on the
axis Z, stands in a middle position, from which it is capable of being racked
either one to the right or one to the left. This bar has one pusher for each
breadth for pushing the whipping carriage through backwards at suitable
times, but it is now out of action, being opposite the interval between the
whipping carriage and the right-handmost of the weaving carriage. The
uppermost of the back extra pushers bars, marked 14, is racked by a racking
wheel X on the axis Z; it is the corresponding bar, carrying one pusher for
each breadth for acting on the whipping carriges, to push then through
forwards when required. The bar now stands to the left as far as it can
go; it is capable of racking one space, its whipping pushers now standing
exactly opposite to the corresponding front pushers on bar 11. The lower-
most but one of the front extra pushers bars marked 10 is racked by, a
racking wheel N on the axis Z, and now stands racked to the right as far
as it can go; it is only capable of racking one space. This bar carries three
extra pushers for each stripe of clothwork for pushing thereof the six
weaving carriage through backwards when required, being those three which
are now in the front combs, but they are now out of action, because they
aro now over the corresponding weaving pushers which are. under them.
The lowermost but one of the back extra pusher bars, marked 13, is racked
by a racking wheel Q on the axis Z, and it now stands racked in its middle
position, from which it can go either one to the right or one to the left; it
carries three pushers for every stripe of clothwork, which are for pushing
forwards the same three weaving carriages last mentioned, and they now
stand in the proper spaces for so doing, remaining as they were when they
pushed those carriages through forwards. The lowermost of the front extra
pusher bars, marked 9, is racked by a racking wheel K on the axis Z, stand
racked to the right as far as it can go; it is only capable of racking one space;
it carries three weaving pushers for every breadth, which are now standing
just under the other pushers before mentioned on bar 10; they are for
pushing the other three of the six weaving carriages through backwards, viz³,
those three which are now behind, and the pushers are now in the proper
spaces for operating on those carriages. The lowermost back extra
pusher bar, marked 12, is racked by a wheel P on the axis Z, and

page_text: and *
now stands racked to the right as far as it can go; it is capable of
racking two spaces; it carries three weaving pushers for every breadth
for pushing forwards those three weaving carriages which are now behind,
and which stand in spaces of the general row belonging to carriages L,
the said pushers now being prepared for pushing the said three carriages
through forwards. The six weaving pushers behind on bars 12 and 13
are now interspaced so as to make 6 solid, and the back extra pusher
on bar 14 makes 7 solid. The front points took down last, but they did
not take down any crossings that time. The back points are just beginning
to be withdrawn from the meshes of the net in preparation for taking down.
The points are fourteen per inch, side by side in each of their respective
rows, and the pais of the back row are always exactly over or exactly under
those of the front row. Setting off from the commencement, a row of
complete meshes of bobbin net lace will be made by turning the handle and
the cams 30 and 31 seven times round, during which time the racking wheels
on the axis Z will have gone once round, and will have operated fourteen
times for racking the bars before enumerated; the bobbin carriages will have
been passed twelve times between the warp threads, also the taking-down
wheels*
on the axis ⭑
will have gone once round, and the
points will have operated six times, viz, the back points three times and the
front points three times; but note, it is only at two of those six times that
any crossings or twists will be taken down, viz, once by the back points and
once by the front points, the other four times of operating with the points
being useless for the mere purpose of making the bobbin net; but when
clothwork is making those taking-down actions become operative on the
weft threads for the clothwork. The winch handle and the camms 50 and
51 being turned round the back points will be quite withdrawn, and then
will be raised up ready for penetrating between the back bobbin threads,
and at the same time the back pushers will push the carriages L through
forwards between the warp threads into the front combs; and by the time
that the winch handle and the camms have gone half round the racking
wheels will be turned round to No. 1, which racks the front guides two
spaces to the left, and racks the weaving guides both front and back. two
spaces to the left, and racks the front pusher one space to the right, and also
acks the front turn-again pushers on bar 7 one space to the left, to bring
hose turn-again pushers into a position for acting on the left-handmost
carriage L of each breadth, and also racks the front extra pushers on bar 11

page_text: one space to the right, in order that they may be ready to push back the
whipping carriages, and also racks the front extra pushers for the weaving
carriages on bar 10 one space to the left, in order to bring the three
extra pushers for each stripe of clothwork into proper positions for pushing
the non-traversing or weaving carriages through backwards next time. The
back points having penetrated between the back bobbin threads enter between
the warp threads at the same time that the racking of No. 1 is taking place;
they enter between both rows of guide threads immediately after the front
row has been racked, but before the back row is racked, and after having
thus penetrated the back points begin to go down and enter amongst the
front bobbin threads as they descend, those threads going backwards so
as to meet the points, and the points in going down take down the crossings
of the bobbin threads; and whilst the winch handle and the camms 50, 51';, are
turning round another half turn the front pushers push the carriages L
through backwards, the several extra pushers pushing the turn-again
carriages, and weaving carriages, and whipping carriages, through with them,
so as to leave no carriages in front. The back points go quite down by
the time the carriages get half way through, and the front points draw out and
go up and penetrate between the warp threads, and then No. 2 racks the front
guides one space to the right, the back guide the same, and the outside
filling guides two spaces to the right, to carry the right-handmost of the six
guide threads which are to form the back pushers one space to the right,
the back extra pushers on bar 14 one space to the right, in order to bring
its pushers into the proper situation for pushing the whipping carriages through
forwards next time. By turning the camms another half turn, the front
points having penetrated the warp threads an instant before No. 2 was racked,
begin to go down, but they take nothing down before them; in going down
they penetrate amongst the bobbin threads, and the back pushers push
forward the carriages R, also the several back extra pushers push forwards
the whipping carriages and the weaving carriages, which, as they were
standing in spaces belonging to carriages L, would otherwise have remained
behind, so that six carriages come through in a cluster side by side in each
breadth, than a vacancy at the right hand of those six, and then a whipping
carriage. The front points get down by the time the carriages have passed half
way through, and then the back points draw out and go up. penetrating the back
bobbin threads of carriages L, and No. 3 racks the back guides two spaces
to the left, and the outside filling guides two spaces to the left, and the
front pushers one space to the left, the front extra pushers on bar 7 one space
to the right, in order that its pusher may be prepared for pushing back the

page_text: turn-again carriages next time, and the front extra pushers on bar 9 one
space to the left, in order that its pushers may not operate on the weaving
carriages next time. During another half turn the back points penetrate
the warp threads immediately after the racking of No. 3, and the front
pushers push the carriages R through backwards, and then No. 4 racks
the back combs one space to the left, with all the carriages, except the three
weaving carriages of each stripe of clothwork which were left in the front
combs, owing to the recent inaction of the pushers on the bar 9, and racks
the extra back pushers on bar 8 one space to the left, in order that its
three pusher may avoid pushing the three weaving carriage forwards next
time. During the next half turn the carriages L are brought through
forwards, and No. 5 racks the back guides two spaces to the right, and
racks the front weaving guides two spaces to the right, and the back weaving
guides the same, and racks the front combs one space to the left, with the
carriages L, which thereby make a step in their progress of traversing towards
the left. Note: The whipping carriages, as well as those three weaving
carriages which were left behind last time, do not partake of that traversing,
and racks the front extra pushers on bar 11 one space to the left, in
order that those pushers may avoid the front weaving guides which stand
opposite to them, and racks the three front extra pushers on bar 10 one
space to the right, in order that those pushers may not interfere with those
weaving carriages which are in the front combs, and racks the three front
extra pushers on bar 9 one space to the right for the like reason. At the
next half turn no carriages are passed, but the carriages L are left in the
front combs, and No. 6 racks the back combs one space to the right with
the carriages R, including the weaving carriages and whipping carriages, and
thereby the carriages R make a step of their progressive traversing towards
the right, and racks the back extra pusher on bar 14 one space to the left,
in order that its pusher may avoid the whipping carriage, and racks the three
back extra pushers on bar 13 one space to the right, in order that the pushers
may not interfere with those three weaving carriages which are behind,
and racks the three back extra pushers on bar 8, one space to the right for
the same reason. By another half turn the carriages R are brought through
forwards, and the front points draw out, and No. 7 racks the front combs
one space to the right, with all the carriages, except the whipping carriages
and the turn-again carriages, and the weaving carriages which are in the
back combs, and racks the front guides one space to the left, and the back
guides one space to the left, and the front pushers one space to the left,
and the front extra pushers on bar 7 one space to the left, in order

page_text: that the pushers may not operate on the turn-again carriages next, and racks
the front extra pushers on bar 10 one space to the left, in order that those
pushers may be brought into a proper situation for acting on the weaving
carriages which are now in the back combs. By another half turn the car-
riages R are pushed through backwards, the front points were raised up ready
to, and penetrated the warp threads; and No. 8 racks the front guides two
spaces to the right, and the back pushers one space to the left, and racks
the back extra pushers on bar 14 one space to the right, in order that that
pusher may be in a proper situation for pushing the whipping carrige through
forwards, and racks the back extra pushers on bar 13 one space to the left,
in order that those three pushers may be ready for pushing the weaving car-
riages through forwards, and racks the guide for the immediate selvedge
thread one space to the right, and the back and front weaving guides each
two spaces to the left. By another half turn carriages R are brought through
forwards, the front points penetrate the warp threads immediately after No. 8
is racked and begin to go down, taking down the crossings of the bobbin
threads, and get quite down by the time that the carriages get half way
through, and then the back points draw out and go up ready to penetrate the
warp threads, and No. 9 racks the front guides one space to the left, and the
back guides the, same, and the front pushers one space to the right, and
the front extra pushers on bar 7 one to the right, and the front extra pushers
on bar 11 one space to the right, and also racks the guide for the inter-
mediate selvedge thread one to the left; and the guide for the right-hand-
most filling guide thread one space to the left, and also all the other filling
guides one space to the left. At another half turn the carriages L are put
through backwards; the back points go down, but do not take down anything,
and the front points draw out and go up and penetrate between the warp
threads an instant before No. 10 racks the back guides two spaces to the right,
the back pushers one space to the right, the back extra pushers on bar 8
one space to the left, in order that those three pushers may be prepared for
leaving three of the weaving carriages behind, and racks the right-hand-most
filling guide one space to the right, and all the other filling guides also one
space to the right. In another half turn the carriages L are brought through
forwards, the front points go down, but take nothing down, and No. 11
racks the front guides one space to the left, and the back guides one space to
the left, and the back combs one space to the left, with the three weaving
carriages of each stripe of clothwork, and racks the back pushers one space
to the left, and the front pushers one space to the left, also the front extra
pushers on bars 7 one space to the left, in order that the pusher may not inter-

page_text: fere with the turn-again carriage, and racks the front extra pushers on bar 11
one space to the left, in order that those pushers may be removed out of the
way of the whipping carriage, and the extra pushers on bar 10 one space to
the right, in order that those pushers may miss the weaving carriages, and
the back extra pushers on bar 14 one space to the left, in order that those
pushers may not strike the back long-weaving guides which now happen to
stand in the spaces which those pushers have occupied, and racks the back
extra pushers on bar 13, and also those on bar 8, one space to the left, in order
to accompany the back combs in their racking, and the back extra pushers on
bar 8 the same, and racks both the weaving guides back and front, each two
spaces to the right. By another half-turn the carriages R are put through
backwards, and No. 12 racks the back guides two spaces to the left, the back
combs one space to the right, with the carriages R, and three weaving car-
riages which are amongst them, and racks the back extra pushers on bar 13,
and also those on bar 12, one space to the right, in order to acconipany the
back combs. By another half turn the pusher bars are swung forwards, but
no carriages are passed, and No. 13 racks the front combs one space to the
left, with the carriages L, and the whipping carriages, and turn-again car-
riages, and three of the six weaving carriages, and racks the front extra.
pushers on bar 11, and those on bar 10, and also those on bar 9, each one
space to the left, in order to accompany the front combs. By another half
turn the carriages L are put through backwards, leaving the whipping car-
riages and the turn-again carriages at the left-hand edge of each breadth,
and also three weaving carriages of each stripe of clothwork in the front
combs; and the back points draw out, and No. 14 racks the front guides two
spaces to the right, and the back guides the same, the front combs one
space to the right, with whipping carriages, the turn-again carriage, and the
three weaving carriages of each breadth, the front pushers one space to the
right, the extra front pushers on bar 7, and those on bar 9 and 11 and 10
one space to the right, in order to accompany the front combs, and racks the
back extra pushers on bar 8 one spaco to the right, in order that they may be
ready for pushing the weaving carriages through forwards. And now, for the
first time since the commencement of this description, the large measuring-off
wheel 40 presents one of the notches in its circumference to the truck of its
lever 89, so as to let the same down, and thereby raise the claw 32 at the
opposite end of the same lever 39, in order that the said claw may slip over
and take hold of six teeth of the one hundred and twenty-nine toothed ratchet
wheel 29 of the measuring roller 28, which latter is three and a half inches
diameter. This taking hold of six teeth is a preparation for turning the

page_text: measuring roller so far round at the next time of racking as will give off just
as much length of front weft thread as is intended to be then used in forming
the first shoot or horizontal course of weft for the clothwork. The ordinary
racking wheels on the axis Z having now gone once round all the parts have
regained the same positions which they had at the commencement of this
description, excepting that the large racking wheels on the axis 56 for racking
the two filling guide bars, and the intermediate selvedge guide bar, and the
two weaving guide bars, have only gone one fourth round. A row of complete
meshes of bobbin net lace has now been made by the side of the stripes where
clothwork is to be interwoven into each breadth, the operation above described
being the usual course of operation in pusher machinery, excepting the action
of the several extra pusher bars, and of the two filling guides and bars, the
intermediate selvedge guide bar, and the two weaving guide bars, and also
the four additional times of taking down with the points, but which had no
effect on the net, as the points took nothing down at those four times. And
by the action of the several extra pushers as above described, those bobbin
threads belonging to the weaving or non-traversing carriages which forms part
of the warp of the clothwork, have not been traversed as the other bobbin
threads have been; but twists have been formed by those bobbin threads and
their corresponding warp or filling guide threads, those twists filling up the
interval between the clothwork which was made last before the commence-
ment of the above description and that which is about to be made by the
further continuance of the operation, which is by exact repétitions of the
actions already described, excepting what relates to the actions of the two
weaving bars, and the intermediate selvedge guide bar, and the two filling
guide bars; and the actions of those bars during the repetitions are as follow:
The carriages L are brought through forwards, together with those weaving
carriages which occupy the spaces belonging to carriages L. The back points
act, as before described, to take down the crossings, and the ordinary racking
wheels rack No. I., which produces all the same racking motions of the combs,
and main guides, and pushers, and extra pushers, as before described, and the
large racking wheels on the axis 56 at the same time rack No. 15, which
racks the front weaving guides ten spaces (of one fourteenth of an inch each)
to the left, and the back weaving guides two spaces to the left, and the large
racking wheel 40 elevates the truck of the lever 39 out of the notch into
which it had descended at the last time of racking, and thereby the claw 32,
at the opposite end of the lever, is depressed, so as to turn the ratchet wheel
29 round six of its teeth, and, in consequence, the measuring roller 28 pulls
off as much length of each front weft thread from the roller or bobbins by

page_text: which those threads are supplied as is suitable for the shoot or racking of ten
spaces which the front weaving guides are making at the same time; and
also the similar notched wheel for giving off the back weft threads allows the
claw of its ratchet wheel to take hold of six teeth thereof in preparation for
acting at the next time of racking. The carriages L are put through back-
warks, and the back points take down the crossings of bobbin threads, and also
the shoot of front weft threads which have been just laid, and No. (II. and)
16 is racked, which latter racks the front weaving guides one space to the
right, and the back weaving guides nine spaces to the left.. The back notched
wheel causes its claw to turn the ratchet wheel 47 of the back measuring
roller 45 six teeth, in order to give off a suitable quantity of back weft thread
for the shoot of nine spaces which its guides have just made; also the notched
wheel 40 allows the claw 33 of the ratchet wheel 29 for front weft threads to
take hold of six teeth, in preparation for next time. The carriages R are
brought through forwards, and the front points take down the shoots of back
weft threads which have been first laid, and No. (III. and) 17 is racked, which
latter racks the back weaving guides two spaces to the right, and the front
weft threads nine spaces to the right. The notched wheel 40 turns the
ratchet wheel 29 of the front measuring roller six teeth, in order to give off a
quantity of front weft threads suitable for the shoot of nine spaces which their
guides are making at the same time. The carriages R are then put through
backwards, and the back points take down the shoots of front weft threads
just made, and No. (IV. and) 18 is racked; but the latter does not cause any
racking motions this time. Then the carriages L are brought through for-
wards, and No. (V. and) 19 is racked, but the latter does not cause any
racking motions, nor are any carriages passed; and No. (VI. and) 20 are
racked, but the latter does not rack anything, and the carriages R are brought
through forwards, and No. (VII. and) 21 are racked, when the notched wheel
allows the claw of the ratchet wheel 47, for the back measuring roller 45, to
catch six teeth of that ratchet wheel in preparation, and the carriages R are
put backwards; and No. (VIII. and) 22 is racked, which latter racks the
front weaving guides two spaces to the left, and the notched wheel turns six
teeth of the ratchet wheel 47, of the measuring roller 45, for back weft
threads, and racks the back weaving guides nine spaces to the right; and the
notched wheel 40 allows six teeth of the ratchet wheel 29 of the measuring
roller 28 for front weft threads to be caught; and the carriages R are brought
through forwards, and the front points take down the recently made crosses of
bobbin threads, together with the last shoot of back weft threads; and No. (IX.
and) 23 is racked, with racks the back weaving guides two spaces to the left,

page_text: and the front weaving guides nine spaces to the left, and at the same time the
notched wheel 40 turns six teeth of the ratchet wheel 29 of the measuring
roller 28 for front weft threads; also, the notched wheel allows six teeth of
the ratchet wheel 47, of the measuring roller 48, for back weft threads to be
caught. Then the carriages L are put through backwards, the back points
take down the recently made shoots of front weft threads, and No. (X. and)
24 is racked, which racks the front weaving guides two spaces to the right,
and the back weaving guides seven spaces to the left. The back notched
wheel turns six teeth of the ratchet wheel 47 of the back measuring roller 45.
The carriages L are brought through forwards, the front points take down the
last shoots of back weft threads, and No. (XI. and) 25 is racked, which latter
racks nothing; and the carriages R are put through backwards, and No. (XII.
and) 26 is racked, which latter racks nothing, nor are any carriages passed;
and then No. (XIII. and) 27 is racked, which latter racks nothing; and the
carriages L are put through backwards, and No. (XIV. and) 28 is racked,
which latter racks nothing; but the notched wheel 40 allows seven teeth of
the ratchet wheel 29, of the measuring roller 28, for front weft threads to
be caught in preparation for giving of front weft threads next time. The
ordinary racking wheels on the axis Z have now completed a second
revolution, and another row of complete meshes of net has been made
by the side of the clothwork; and also the pattern of a row of patches
of clothwork has been one third finished by the six horizontal shoots
of weft threads which have been made by the aforesaid alternate rack-
ing motions of the back and front weaving bars, and then taken down by
the alternate actions of the back and front points. The continuance of the
operation is as follows:-The carriages L are brought through forwards
and No. (I. and) 29 is racked, which latter racks the back weaving guides
one space to the left and the front ones nine spaces to the right; and seven
teeth of the front ratchet wheel 29 are turned, and seven teeth of the back
ratchet wheel 47 are caught, and racks the intermediate selvedge guides two
spaces to the left in preparation for the whipping carriages passing round
them to lace them, in order to the clothwork border of the breadth. The
carriages L are put through backwards; the back points take down the
récently made crossings of bobbin threads, and likewise the last shoots of
front weft threads, and No. (II. and 30) is racked, which latter racks the
front weaving guides two spaces to the left and the back ones ten to the right.
The ratchet wheel 47 of the back measuring roller 48 is turned seven teeth,
and seven teeth of the ratchet wheel 29 of the front measuring roller 28 are
caught, and racks the intermediate selvedge guides two spaces to the right.

page_text: The carriages R are brought through forwards, and the front points take down
the recently made shoots of back weft threads, and No. (III. and) 31 is
racked, which latter racks the back weft threads two spaces to the left and
the front ones nine spaces to the left; the ratchet wheel 29 of the front
measuring roller 28 is turned seven teeth. The carriages R are put through
backwards, and the back points take down shoots of the front weft threads,
and No. (IV. and) 32 is racked, which latter racks the front weaving guides
two spaces to the right, and the carriages L are brought through forwards,
and No. (V. and) 33 is racked; the latter racks the back weaving guides
two spaces to the right, and no carriages are passed, and No. (VI. and) 34
is racked; the latter racks nothing, and the carriages R are brought through
forwards, and No. (VII. and) 35 is racked, which latter racks nothing, but seven
teeth of the ratchet wheel 47 of the back measuring roller 48 is turned. The
carriages R are put through backwards, and No. (VIII. and 36 is racked,
which latter racks the back weaving guides nine spaces to the left, and turns
seven teeth of the ratchet wheel 47 of the back measuring roller 48, and six
teeth of the ratchet wheel 29 are caught; it racks the intermediate selvedge
guides one space to the right. The carriages R are brought through forwards,
and the front points take down the recently made crossings of the bobbin threads,
and likewise the shoots of back weft threads, and No. (IX. and) 37 is racked ;
the latter racks the back weaving guides two spaces to the left and the front
ones nine spaces to the right, and six teeth are turned of the ratchet wheel 29
of the front measuring roller 28; also six teeth of the back ratchet wheel 47
are caught and racks the intermediate selvedge guides two spaces to the left.
And the carriages L are put through backwards, and the back points take
down the shoots of front weft threads, and No. (✗. and) 38 are racked; the
latter racks the front weaving guides two spaces to the left, and the back ones
eleven spaces to the right; also six teeth are turned of the ratchet wheel 47
of the back measuring roller 48. And the carriages L are brought through
forwards, and the front points take down the shoots of back weft threads, and
No: (XI. and) 39 are racked; the latter racks the front weaving guides
two spaces to the right. And the carriages R are put through backwards,
and No. (XII. and) 40 are racked; the latter racks nothing, nor are any
carriages passed, and No. (XIII. and) 41 are racked; the latter racks
nothing. And the carriages L are put through backwards and racks No.
(XIV. and) 42; the latter causes six teeth to be caught of the front ratchet
wheel 29. The ordinary racking wheels have now made a third revolution,
and a third row of complete meshes of net have been worked; the pattern
of the patches of clothwork is two thirds finished by the twelve shoots of .weft

page_text: threads which have been laid and taken down by the points. The conti-
nuation will be nearly a repetition of the several motions already described,
viz-The carriages L are brought through forwards, and No. (I. and) 48
are racked; the latter racks the back weaving guides two spaces to the left
and the front ones ten spaces to the left; six teeth are turned of the front
ratchet wheel 29, and six teeth are caught of the back one 47. The car-
riages Lare pushed through backwards, and the back points take down the
crossings of bobbin threads and the shoots of front weft threads, and No. 11.
(and 44) are racked; the latter racks the front weaving guides one space to
the right and the back ones nine spaces to the left; six teeth are turned of
the back ratchet wheel 47, and six teeth are caught of the front one 29. The
carriages Rare brought through forwards; the front points take down the shoots
of back weft threads and No. (III. and) 45 are racked; the latter racks the
back weaving guides two spaces to the right, and the front ones seven to the
right. Six teeth of the front ratchet wheel 29 are turned, and the carriages
R are put through backwards, and the back points take down the shoots of
front weft threads and No. (IV. and) 46 are racked; the latter does nothing,
and the carriages L are brought through forwards and No. (V. and) 47 are
racked; the latter racks the front weaving guides two spaces to the right,
no carriages are passed, and No. (VI. and) 48 are racked; the latter racks
nothing. The carriages R are brought through forwards and No. (VII.
and) 49 are racked; the latter racks nothing, but six teeth are caught of the
back ratchet wheel 49. The carriages R are put through backwards and
No. (VIII. and) 50 are racked; the latter racks the front weaving guides
two spaces to the left, and the back ones seven spaces to the right, and six
teeth are turned of the back ratchet wheel 49 of the back measuring roller 48.
The carriages R are brought through forwards, and the front points take
down the recently made crossings of the bobbin threads, and also the shoots
of back weft threads. Note, the pattern of the patches of clothwork is now
completed by the sixteen shoots of weft threads which have been made and
taken down by the points; and No. (IX. and) 51 are racked; the latter racks
the two filling guide bars each one space to the left. The carriages L are put
through backwards, and the back points go down, but take down nothing, and
No. (X and) 52 are racked; the latter racks the filling guide bars each one
space to the right. The carriages L are brought through forwards, the front
points go down, but take down nothing, and No. (XI. and) 53 are racked; the
latter racks the two weaving guide bars two spaces to the right, each merely to
keep out of the way of the pushers. The carriages R are put through back-
wards, and No. (XII. and) 54 are racked; the latter racks nothing, nor are any

page_text: carriages passed, and No. (XIII. and) 55 are racked; the latter racks nothing.
The carriages L are put through backwards, and No. (XIV. and) 56 are
racked. All the parts of the machinery have now regained the positions
which they had at the commencement of this description. The ordinary
racking wheels have now completed a fourth revolution, and a fourth row of
complete meshes of net have been made at the side of the clothwork. The
large racking wheels have completed one revolution, during which a row of
complete patches of clothwork ornaments have been interwoven with the
non-traversing bobbin threads and the back guide threads. And also suitable
twists of those two sorts of threads have been made for filling up the intervals
between the patches of clothwork which have been made (by the series of
operations above described), and those succeeding patches which are about to
be commenced by a repetition of the same series of operations. All the parts
of the machinery have now regained the positions which they had at the
commencement by this description.
Note, the Drawing Sheet I. represents those taking-down points 30 which are
opposite to each of the places where clothwork is to be made in the width of
the net, as if those points were projecting out at the ends of inoveable stems 31,
which are mounted side by side on centre pins 33, 33, and guided in sleas in
order to be regulated by rows of notched wheels 34 and springs, so as to
enable those points 30 to be displaced from their usual places in the straight
rows of points, in order to take down the weft threads in such curved lines as
will best suit the pattern which the clothwork is intended to present. The
other points which are to take down the plain net side by side with the cloth-
work are fast in their leads as usual. The said moveable points 80 are part
of my former Invention, for which a Patent was granted the Twenty-third of
December, One thousand eight hundred and thirty-four, and are described
and claimed in my former Specification, dated the Twenty-third of June, One
thousand eight hundred and thirty-five, but the same form no part of my
present improvements, nor are they necessary to be applied thereto; but as
they will be useful in aiding the production of some kinds of fancy patterns
of clothwork they are represented in Sheet I. to explain the mode of applying
them in conjunction with my present improvements.
Secondly, respecting circular comb and fluted roller machinery for making
spotted net by slackening particular bobbin threads.
Another part of my said improvements in machinery for making figured or
ornamental bobbin net lace is for the purpose of producing net or lace which
is ornamented by small white opake spots of accumulated thread, distributed
at suitable intervals apart over the transparent tissue of the net, the said

page_text: spots being formed whilst the said net is in progress of fabrication in the
machinery by occasionally suspending that fabrication, and gathering up and
accumulating portions of some of the bobbin threads whereof the meshes of
the net are made, and interweaving such portions amongst corresponding
warp threads in the form of spots, such occasional gathering up and inter-
weaving being performed by additional machinery applied to the usual bobbin
net lace machinery. The ordinary formation of meshes of the net by the
usual machinery must be suspended whilst the operation of making a row of
spots across the width of the net by aid of the improvements is going on, and
that operation of making 'spots must be suspended when the row of spots is
finished, and the ordinary formation of net must then be resumed until as
much length of net is made as is intended to intervene between one row of
spots and the next. And whereas a Patent was granted to Mr. William
Sneath by His present Majesty, bearing date the Thirty-first December, One
thousand eight hundred and thirty-one, for improvements whereby spots may
be formed in bobbin net lace: And whereas Letters Patent were also granted
to me, the said William Crofts, by His present Majesty, bearing date the
Eleventh day of February, One thousand eight hundred and thirty-three, and
the Twenty-third December, One thousand eight hundred and thirty-four, for
Certain Improvements, by Part whereof Spots may be formed in Bobbin Net
Lace And also whereas a Patent was granted to Thomas Alcock by His
present Majesty, bearing date the Twelfth day of February, One thousand
eight hundred and thirty-five, for Certain Improvements, whereof Part is for
Forming Spots in Narrow Breadths or Ribbands of Bobbin Net Lace which
is made by Improved Traverse Warp Machinery. Now this part of my
present improvements is a different kind of apparatus for forming spots from
Mr. Sncath's, or from my former, or from Mr. Alcock's said improvements;
that is to say, this part of my present improvements are applied to that
class of machinery for making bobbin net lace which is commonly called
double-tier circular comb or circular bolt machinery, which operates by
traversing the carriages, which machinery is often worked by hand labour
with handles and treadles, but I prefer for my present purpose machinery of
the said description which is actuated by rotary motion, because all the
moving parts of the machinery deriving their several motions from the con-
tinuous turning motion of one winch handle or wheel are more easily and
expeditiously wrought than in hand machines with several handles and
treadles. And for making wide pieces of such ornamented bobbin net, the
most suitable kind of machinery of the said description is that which is called
fluted roller machinery, because the bobbin carriages thereof are moved back-

page_text: wards and forwards in their circular combs by the teeth or flutes of fluted
rollers which act in corresponding teeth at the under side of the bobbin car-
riages in the same manner as the teeth of pinions act with the teeth of cog
wheels to communicate motion thereto, for which fluted roller machines a
Patent was granted to Messieurs Henson and Jackson, dated the Eleventh of
January, One thousand eight hundred and twenty-five, and such machinery
is now the most expeditious for making broad pieces of bobbin net lace of
any yet known. But note, although for that reason I give the preference to
such fluted roller machinery for the application of this part of my improve-
ments, nevertheless the same is equally applicable to other kinds of double-
tier circular bolt or circular comb machinery, which operates by traversing
the carriages, whether such machinery is actuated by handles and treadles, or
by rotary machinery.
A fluted roller machine, with this part of my present improvements applied
to it, is represented in Sheets IX. to XVI. of the Drawings hereunto annexed.
The names of the principal parts being written on the Drawings, and the
ordinary structure and operation of such machinery being well known, a very
brief description thereof will be sufficient. The turning handle z, by which the
whole may be actuated, is situated in front of the machine on the end of a
horizontal axis T, which, by means of a pair of cog wheels K, K, gives motion
to another such axis Y, which has a revolving crank P fixed on the end of it,
and a connecting rod Q extends from the crank P to the lower end of a lever
S at the back of the machine, the upper ends of which lever S is connected
by a link p with a toothed sector k, which is fitted freely upon one of the
main centre pins, and its teeth engage in the teeth of four pinions m, which
are fixed on the ends of the four fluted rollers C, C, F, F. The action of the
revolving crank P causes the sector k to be moved alternately backwards and
forwards about its centre pin with a swinging or vibrating motion, whereby a
corresponding alternate revolving motion is given to the four fluted rollers
C, C, F, F, and by their flutes engaging in the teeth of the bobbin carriages
A, B, the latter are moved backwards and forwards in their combs D and E
with a swinging or vibrating motion, in order to pass them one division A
after the other division B between the warp threads from the front combs D
to the back combs E, and then returning from the back combs E to the front
with a continual swinging or vibrating motion. A toothed pinion j on
the axis Y of the crank P gives motion to a large cog wheel N of three times
its size and number of teeth, fixed on a long horizontal axis O, so as to turn
that axis round once whilst a row of complete meshes of net are worked, and
on each end of that axis large racking wheels h, i, m, are fixed, which, by
ones

page_text: screw at each end, which screws limit
means of steps on their circumferences and under levers u, x, y, and elbow
levers e, f, g, cause the requisite endway racking motions of the two guide
bars t, t, and of the front comb bar d. The front comb bar, front guide bar,
and back guide bar have each a stop
the motion endways; and each of those bars is provided at each end with an
elbow lever e, or f, or g, an under lever u, or x, or y, and a racking wheel n, or
i, or h, for. racking the combs and guides first one way and then the contrary
way. And by means of camm wheels W, w, w, V, v, which are fixed on the
axis O, the requisite motion are given to the point bars I, G, for taking up the
meshes of the net, first withdrawing their pins or points out of the meshes of
the net, then lowering them down, and then inserting them between the
threads, and lastly raising them up again, the front point bar I being actuated
in that manner at one time, and the back point bar G at the next succeeding time
of taking up. The camins v, w, w, operate for withdrawing and inserting the
points by the intervention of elbow levers U, X, X, which are mounted on
fixed centre pins with trucks at their lower ends to bear on the circumference
of the camms v, w, w; and links a are jointed to them at their upper ends to
connect them with the point bars I, G. There is only one such withdrawing
camm v, elbow lever U, and link a to the back point bar G at the middle part
of the length thereof; but there are two withdrawing camms w, u', elbow
levers X, X, and links a, a, to the front point bar I, one at each end thereof.
The cammis V and W operate for raising up and lowering down the point
bars I and G by the intervention of two elbow levers L, L, mounted on fixed
centre pins at the lower part of the machine at the back thereof. Both those
elbow levers L have trucks at their upper ends to apply to the circumferences
of the cams V, W; and upright links M, M, are jointed to their hinder ends
to go upwards to the hinder ends of the back or tail pole levers J, J, projecting
out backwards from each of the two long horizontal axes or spindle bars
R, R, which have short lever arms projecting out from them forwards for
suspending the point bars I and G by top joint links b, b, the front point bar
I being thus suspended from the uppermost of the two spindle bars R, R, and
the back point bar G from the lowermost of the two spindle bars R, R.
Note: As the point bars I, G, are going up and down they require to be racked
a little endways, in order that in the act of taking up they may penetrate in a
suitable manner between the threads for taking up all the twists and crossings
thereof. This is effected by means of a conducting plate z fixed to each of the
end standards of the machine opposite to the right-haudmost extremity of
each point bar G and I, which end terminates with a projecting adjustable
bolt
g to apply to the upright surface of the fixed conducting plate z, and that

page_text: surface is suitably indented or curved for giving the point bar the requisite
racking motions as it goes down and up again. A reacting spring is applied
to urge each point bar endways towards its own fixed conducting plate z, those
springs being situated behind and acting by intervention of cross levers
reaching horizontally forwards to the top joint axles of the respective point
bars, the upright centre pins of those levers being fixed into the short lever
arms of the spindle bars R, R. And note, when the back points G are about
to make their insertion between the warp threads in the act of taking up, the
front guide bar is nudged endways for a moment towards the right, in order
to facilitate their insertion, and then the front guide bar goes back again.
This nudge to the right being beyond the farthest extent to which the same
bar is racked at any other time in the course of forming the twists, it becomes
requisite to remove for a moment the stop at the right-hand end of the front
guide bar, which is done by withdrawing the end of a stop lever 93 from
between that end of the bar and its dead stop screw, the lever 93 being with-
drawn by action of an unstopping wheel 92 on the main axis O, as will be more
fully explained. The warp roller is situated at the lower part of the machine,
and the warp threads passing upwards therefrom are threaded through the
eyes of the rows of guides on the main guide bar t, t. The lace roller is at the
upper part of the machine, and it is turned slowly round in order to wind up
the lace as fast as the same is formed by means of a cog wheel fixed on the
extreme end of its axis, and turned by a small pinion, on the axis of which
are three small ratchet wheels with serrated teeth and a long driver o, which
being moved alternately up and down acts in the teeth of one or other of
those ratchet wheels to turn them round a tooth at a time, in order thereby to
turn the lace roller. The said long driver is jointed at its lower end to an
elbow lever l, which is mounted on a fixed centre pin, and has a truck to
apply to the edge of a small revolving camm r fixed on the end of the main
axis O, and which camm has two notches or depressions in its circumference
for allowing the driver o to descend and take the teeth of the small ratchet
wheel, and then the succeeding prominence of the camm r raises up the
driver o to turn the ratchet wheel one tooth. Note: The machine may be put in
motion by the mechanical power of milwork instead of turning the handle z
by hand labour, in which case a driving pulley H may be fixed on the end of
the axis Y of the crank P to receive motion by an endless belt or strap from
another like pulley fixed on a revolving shaft or axis at the ceiling of the room
in which the machine is placed, and which shaft is turned by millwork. A
loose pulley is fitted on the end of the axis Y close by the side of the driving
pulley H, and the endless strap can be shifted from one pulley to the
.

page_text: other, in order to turn the machine or to leave it standing still, although the
endless strap continues to move. This is done by guidance of a fork at
the end of a lever, which fork includes the strap between its prongs, and the
other end of the lever is connected by a horizontal wire c with a handle lever
situated in front near the middle of the machine, so as to be within reach of
the person who attends the machine, to enable him to stop its motion or to
start it again. Thus far the said fluted roller machine is the same as hereto-
fore used for making wide piece of bobbin net. When this part of my improve-
ments is applied thereto, it operates nearly in its usual manner, so long as the
plain ground of the net is making thereby; but from time to time the
additional machinery which is applied thereto, according to this part of my
improvements, is brought into operation by self-action of that machinery
(without any cessation of the rotary motion of the ordinary wheelwork), in
order to form a row of spots at suitable intervals, apart from each other across
the width of the net, the making of plain net being suspended as before men-
tioned whilst spots are making, although the vibration of the bobbin carriages,
and also the motions of the point bars, is continued as usual; and when a row
of spots is completed, the additional machinery, by another self-action, removes
itself out of operation, and the working of plain net is resumed after the usual
manner, until so much more in length is made as is intended to intervene
between one row of spots and the next. It is by occasional accumulation of
bobbin threads that the spots are formed, for the threads, proceeding from
particular bobbins, are gathered up by the taking-up action of the points, and
interwoven in a peculiar manner across the warp threads, corresponding to
those bobbin threads which are so gathered up, the spots being formed by as
many successive repititions of such peculiar interweaving as will accumulate a
sufficiency of bobbin threads to form spots of the intended size. During the
operation of thus making spots, the main guide bars t, t, and the front comb
bar d receive no racking motions, wherefore, although the bobbin carriages
A, B, continue to be passed and repassed backwards and forwards between the
warp threads as usual, neither twists of bobbin and warp threads nor crossings
of bobbin threads will be produced, and, consequently, no net will be made.
The taking-up points I, G, are moved up and down with their usual, motions,
each in its turn, the same as are given to them for taking up such twists and
crossings, in order to form them into meshes; but as no twists or crossings are
made the points become inoperative as to the making of net during the opera-
tion of making spots; and it is only those particular bobbin threads and their
corresponding warp threads (which are to be interwoven together in order to
form the spots) which are affected by the taking-up motions of the points at

page_text: those times, for portions of those particular bobbin threads will then be
gathered up by the front and back points every time that the same are moved
up and down, and those successive portions accumulate one after another to
form the spots. And for every time that a fresh portion of the said several
bobbin threads is to be so gathered up, the particular warp threads corresponding
to the gathered bobbin threads are previously racked with suitable racking
motions for causing the said bobbin threads to pass across their corresponding
warp threads before the points gather up each succeeding portion of the same
bobbin threads, and by that means the successive portions of gathered bobbin
threads are caused to wrap around and interweave across and across their
corresponding warp threads, so as to give form and firmness of texture to the
spots. To obtain the aforesaid action of particular warp threads the machine
must be provided with extra guide bars 3, 4, 5, 6, see Sheet IX., in addition
to the two usual main guide bars t, t, and all those warp threads which will
at any time be concerned in the making spots (instead of being threaded, as
usual, through the pair of rows of main guides,) must be threaded through
guides fixed on one pair or other of those extra guide bars 8, 4, 5, 6, in order
that during the making of spots those particular warp threads which are for
the time concerned in that operation may be racked by themselves, although
all the other warp threads are then standing still;, but when the making of
net is resumed each of the said extra guide bars 3, 4, 5, 6, will be racked
coincidently with the main guide bars t, t, back or front, to which such extra
guide bar belongs respectively, in order to produce the same racking actions
on the warp threads as if they were all threaded through the main guides as
usual. And in order to obtain the aforesaid gathering up of particular bobbin
threads by the poiuts during the making of spots a small fork 7, 8, Sheet IX.,
shaped like the tail of a fish, is presented opposite to each of those bobbin
threads, and actuated so as to assume suitable positions in respect to the said
threads for receiving and arresting the same a little before the bobbin
carriages A, B, swing out from the warp threads to the full extent of their
vibration; wherefore in swinging quite out after the said threads are so
arrested, as is shewn in Sheet IX., a small extent of each arrested thread will
be bended and pulled off, or unwound from its bobbin, and then, when the
bobbin carriages begin to return with vibration towards the warp threads,
the said bobbin threads then retreating from the forks 7, 8, will be left
slackened during their passage through between the warp threads; and those
slackened threads becoming laid across their corresponding warp threads in
consequence of appropriate previous rackings of those warp threads as afore-
said, the said slackened bobbin threads so laid across will be caught and

page_text: gathered up by the points at their next succeeding time of penetrating amongst
the warp threads, although no other threads will be then gathered up by the
points. The spots may require to be distributed over the net in what are
called chequered patterns, wherein the spots which are formed at succeeding
times will not be disposed at the same places across the width of the net, so as
to form straight rows along the length of the piece of net; but in chequered
patterns the spots made at succeeding times will form zigzag rows along the
length of the piece. For this reason those warp threads which occupy places
in the width of the net where spots are to be made therein contemporaneously
(or at the same time) in a row. across the width must be threaded through the
guides of one pair of those extra front and back guide bars 3 and 4 which are
provided as before mentioned. And the warp threads which occupy places
in the width where spots are to be made at another different time must be
threaded through the guides of a different pair of the said extra front and back
guide bars 5 and 6. The rows of main guides are left with vacancies in
them at all such aforesaid places, and the extra guides are adapted to
fill up those vacancies; and whenever plain net is making all the extra
guide bars hold their several warp threads truly spaced opposite to the corre-
sponding vacancies in the rows of main guides, and the extra guide bars 3, 4, 5, 6,
ȧre racked coincidently with that main guide bar t, t, (back or front) to which
the extra guide bars belong respectively. And when the main guides stand
motionless, as before mentioned, during the formation of a row of spots, those
extra guides (back and front) which belong to places where no spots are for
the time to be made must also stand motionless, and it is only that one pair
(front and back) of extra guide-bars 3 and 4 (or else 5 and 6) which belong
to places where spots are actually making which are operative for the time,
and are therefore racked, as before mentioned, during the formation of the
spots. Those racking motions of one operative pair of front and back extra
guide bars 3, 4, are mostly given to them when the two divisions A, B, of
carriages have been swung out to the full extent of their vibration each. way,
so that both divisions are lodged in the same combs, either the front ones D,
or the back ones E, and both the front and back extra guide bars of the same
operative pair 3 and 4 are then racked together with one simultaneous motion;
but at some periods of the operation of making spots one of the extra guide
bars 3 or 4 of the operative pair is racked when the back division of carriages
B is in the back combs E, the front division A being in the front combs D,
and the other extra guide bar 3 or 4 of the same operative pair is racked
.when both divisions of carriages A, B, ar: swung out to the full extent of
their vibration. For sustaining the main guide bars t, t, and extra guide bars

page_text: 3, 4, 5, 6, two fixed tye bars 1, 1, are extended horizontally along the middle
part of the machine, as is shewn in the section, Sheet IX., and those bars are
firmly fixed to the framing of the machine at each end, a narrow crevice
being left vacant between the two bars 1, 1, for the warp threads to pass up
through. The several guide bars are lodged against the two outside faces of
the said fixed bars 1, 1, which faces are formed suitably for supporting them,
the two main guide bars t, t, being uppermost, and the extra guide bars
3, 4, 5, 6, being applied beneath. The extra guides are affixed into stems of
brass, in the usual manner of selvedge guides or extra guides, and one such is
fixed on each pair of extra guide bars 8 and 4, or 5 and 6, at every place in
the rows of main guides where spots are to be made at the same time, the
stems being bended so as to hold the upper ends of the extra guides in proper
range with the main-guides; and for each spot there is one extra guide fixed
on. a front-extra guide bar 8 or 5, and another extra guide, as the correspond-
ing back extra guide bar 4 or 6. And in like manner the fish-tailed forks
7,-8, in back and front, are fixed on their respective fork bars 9, 2, exactly
opposite one to another, as well as exactly opposite to the places where
extra guides are fixed upon one or other of the pairs of extra guide
bars 3, 4, whenever that said pair become operative for making spots;
but at other times, when the other pair of extra guide bars 5, 6, are to
be operative, then the two fork bars 2, 9, are moved both together so
much endways as to bring the forks 7, 8, upon them exactly opposite to the
extra guides on the bars 5, 6; wherefore the places where extra guides are
fixed on each of the extra guide bars 3, 4, 5, 6, and where fish tailed forks
7, 8, are fixed on each of the forked bars 2, 9, must all correspond one with
another in distance apart across the width of the net, and the spots which are
made at one time in a row across that width will likewise correspond to such
distances apart. Whilst a row of spots is making the front point bar I must
be kept racked half a space towards the left hand of its usual position, in order
to bring its pins or points exactly beneath the pins of the back point bar G,
instead of the pins of one row being interspaced to the pins of the other row
(as they usually are), and as they must be whilst plain net is making, and
therefore every time that a row of spots is completed, and the making of plain
net is resumed, the front point bar I must be restored to its usual state with
its pins interspaced to those of the back point bar G. And note, in the act of
taking up the point bars cannot be lifted up at once by their lifting camms V
and W to the full height at which they are intended to remain, but the points
of one row must always be above the points of the other row in two levels, to
each of which levels each row must be raised up in its turn after the other

page_text: row has been withdrawn from the meshes of the net; that is to say, that row
of points (whether front or back) which took up last must stop short when it
arrives at the lowest of the two levels, so as to avoid touching the pins of the
other points which are in the meshes of the net, and are at the highest of the
two levels; but as soon as the last-mentioned points are withdrawn from the
meshes in order to perform their taking-up action, then the first-mentioned
points must be raised up a very little to elevate them from the lowest level to
the highest level, and there they will remain until they are withdrawn in turn
from the meshes, which will not be until after the other points have taken up,
and in doing so they stop short at the lowest level. This action of the two
rows of points is attained by giving a suitable form to the two lifting camms
V and W for the two point bars I, G, as is shewn in Sheet XIV., and their
action is the same when plain net is making as when spots are making.
Note, the camms v, w, w, for withdrawing the points from the meshes of the
net, and then inserting the points amongst the threads in the act of taking up,
are formed as shewn in Sheet XX., so as withdraw and insert the points
more suddenly than is usual in ordinary fluted roller machinery; and in like
manner the two lifting camms V and W are formed as shewn in Sheet X1V.,
so as to let down and raise up their respective point bars I and G for taking up
in rather less time than is usually allowed for the performance of that opera-
tion in Buted roller machinery; but all the taking-up motions given to the point
bars by the camms v, V, w, W, are the same when plain net is making as
when spots are making. The foregoing description will give some idea of the
changes which are required to be made in the several parts of the fluted
roller machinery from their ordinary working state for making plain net, in
order to prepare them for making a row of spots with one pair of extra guide
bars 3, 4, and then, after such are finished, to restore the machinery to its
usual state for resuming the making of plain net, and after making as much
length thereof as is to intervene between succeeding rows of spots then to
prepare the parts for making another row of spots with the other pair of extra
guide bars 5, 6, the spots of which row will come at different places across the
width of the net from the spots of the preceding row, the spots of one row
being interspaced to those of the preceding row; then, after finishing such
second row of interspaced spots to restore the machinery again to its ordinary
state for making other intervening portion of net, and then preparing to com-
mence another row of spots with the extra guide bars 3, 4, as first mentioned
above. These changes are effected by aid of a series of notched wheels fixed on
a long horizontal axis 42 at the back of the machine, which axis is turned round
once in the time that the row of spots with two intervening portions of plain
net are made as above, and which time will vary in different machines,

page_text: according to the intended disposition of the spots in the net. The machinery
represented in the Drawings is adapted to make three rows of complete meshes
of plain net intervening between each row of spots, and during the making of
so much net the main axis O will go three times round; the machinery is
also adopted to make a row of spots whilst the main axis O goes round three
turns more; wherefore the back axis 42 is turned once round whilst the axis
0 goes round twelve times. This is effected by means of a cog wheel 36, of
seventy-two teeth, on the back axis 42, Sheets X. and XIII., whereof the
teeth are engaged by the edge of a revolving circular plate 40, fixed on the
hindermost end of a cross axis 41, which extends from the front of the machine
beneath the warp roller to the back, being supported in suitable bearings fixed
to the frame, and turned round by a mitre cog wheel 45 on its foremost end
(see also Sheet XI.), and a corresponding mitre wheel 43 fixed on a short
horizontal axis 44, which is mounted in suitable bearings supported by the frame,
so as to stand in prolongation of the axis Y of the revolving crank P and the end
cf the pin of that crank entering into a hole in the one of the arms of the wheel
43 gives motion to the same. The mitre whcels 43, 45, being equal, the
circular plate 40 is turned round at the same rate as the crank P. The plate
40 bas oblique wings 46, 46, fixed into notches cut out at two opposite parts
of its circumference, the edge of which applies between the teeth of the
wheel 36; and those wings 46 are formed in the manner of the commence-
ments of a large double spiral worm or endless screw of two threads, but those
two spiral commencements 46, 46, after extending a little way round the
circumference of the plate 40 fall gradually into conformity with the flat
plane of the plate. Their action takes place whenever, by the revolution of
the plate 40, either of its oblique wings 46 is carried round between the teeth
of the wheel 36, for that wing will then turn the wheel round one tooth, the
turning being performed with a sudden motion, and then after that wing 46
of the plate 40 has passed away from between the teeth of the wheel 36 the
plane edge of the plate 40 remains between the said teeth and retains the wheel
from moving until the other oblique wing 46 comes round in its turn and
advances the wheel 36 another tooth. By this means, for every revolution of
the crank P the wheel 36 is turned two teeth, or six teeth for every revolu-
tion of the main axis O; and the wheel 36 having seventy-two teeth it
s turned once round for twelve revolutions of the axis O. By means of two
of the notched wheels which are fixed on the back axis 42, marked 18, 19;
and 28, 29, the two rows of forks 7, 8, are brought into suitable positions
or operation on the bobbin threads whenever a row of spots is to be com-
nenced, and they are removed out of the way when the spots are completed.
By two others of those notched wheels marked 47, 48, the usual connection

page_text: by which the two main guide bars t, t, and the front comb bar d receive their
racking motions from their several racking wheels h, i, n, as each end of the
main axis O is interrupted when a row of spots is to be commenced, and.
is restored when they are finished. By two other notched wheels 49, 50,
a connection is established between one or other of the pairs of 'extra guide
bars and additional racking wheels 51, 52, which are fixed on the middle
part of the main axis O when spots are to be made, and disconnected when
they are finished. By another notched wheel 38 the winding-up motion
of the lace roller is disconnected when spots are to be made, and is restored
when they are finished. Another notched wheel 39 traverses the two rows of
forks 7, 8, to suit the places across the width of the net where spots are to be
made at succeeding times. By another notched wheel 37 the front point
bar is racked half a space, in order to bring its pointed pins beneath those
of the back point bar during the making of the row of spots. The two
fork bars 2 and 9, to which the two rows of fish-tailed fork 7, 8, are fastened,
are made very thin and slight, that they may occupy but little space, and each
fork bar is supported by a suitable number of short arms. 31, which project
horizontally from a strong horizontal bar 82, which is fitted into sockets at
the upper ends of spindle bar arms 33 which stand upwards from horizontal
spindle bars 34, 34, whereof there is one in front and another at the back
extending parallel to each comb bar, being supported on pivots in bearings
fastened to the upper rail of the framing at each end of each bar, and with
such middle bearings as may be requisite; wherefore, by turning either of
the spindle bars 34 about in its bearings, the fork bar belonging thereto will
be moved horizontally paralled to itself (and to the comb bars), so as either to
advance the forks 7 or 8 towards the threads or to withdraw them therefrom.
At each end of each fork bar 2 and 9 a small truck 85 is applied on a pin
which projects out from the end of the bar, and those trucks 35 run upon
small fixed bridges 58 which stand up from the corresponding comb bar; the
upper edges on which the trucks 85 run are suitably curved for raising
the fork bar 2 or 9, and the acting extremities of the forks 7 or 8, upwards
into a proper position for action (as shewn in Sheets IX., X., and XI.),
whenever they are advanced towards the threads; but whenever the forks are
withdrawn the said trucks 35 travel down the descending curvature of their
bridges 53, so as to let the fork bars and forks down into the positions
represented by the dotted lines in Sheet IX., and then they will be out of the
way, and will continue so all the time whilst the machinery is making plain
net. The fork bars are always urged to assume the position shewn by the
dotted lines by the action of withdrawing springs applied to short lever.
arms 54, which project outwards from each of the spindle bars 34, The

page_text: forks are brought into their operative position by action of their notched
wheels 18 and 28 on the axis 42 by a connection of suitable levers and
connecting rods, shewn in Sheets XI., XII., and XIII. Thus for the
front forks 8 their spindle bar 34 has a lever arm 18 projecting outwards and
downwards from it, and to the end of 13 is jointed an oblique cross rod 16,
which goes back across the machine, inclining downwards, and it is jointed at
the lower and hinder ends to the upper end of a lever 17, which is mounted
on a fixed centre pin at its lower end, and the middle part has a tooth
to bear against the edge of the notched wheel 19 on the back axis 42;
wherefore, when a prominence of that wheel acts on the said tooth it will
advance the front forks into action, or a notch in the wheel 19 will allow the
forks to retreat. The corresponding parts for the back forks are the lever
arm 23, oblique rod 26, and elbow lever 27, with its tooth at the tail end to.
apply beneath the edge of the notched wheel 29 on the back axis 42. But
these notched wheels 19 and 29 only act for a moment to advance the forks
into their operative positions, as shewn in Sheets IX. and XII:; but having
done so the joint pins of their lever arms 34 become jointed to latch links 12
and 22, which then connect the lever arms 34 with the upper ends of
inclining levers 11 and 21, which are moveable about fixed centre pius
at their lower ends, and have teeth projecting laterally from them at their
middles to apply to the circumferences of two revolving camms 10 and 20,
fixed on the main axis O. The prominence of the notched wheels 19 and 29,
after having advanced the forks to their acting positions as aforesaid, pass
away from the teeth of the levers 17, 27, as soon as the latch links 12
and 22 have caught the joint pins of the lever arms 13, 23, so as to become
jointed thereto, in consequence of the action of latching springs applied to
connecting links 15 and 25, which are jointed to the latch links 12 and 22
and urge them upwards. After the fork bars are thus connected to the
camnis 10 and 20 they are retained in their, operative positions by those
camms against the efforts of their respective withdrawing springs; and as the
camms 10 and 20 revolve they actuate the fork bars with such slight
occasional advancing and retreating movements as are requisite to cause
the bobbin threads to come in contact with the forks at those times when
the forks are to arrest and pull off the bobbin threads, but to avoid such
action at other times. The form of the camms 10 and 20 is is drawn
in Sheet XIV.; for the slackening action of the forks can only be
allowed to take place whilst both rows of points are in their respective
resting places, so as to retain those previous gatherings-up of bobbin
threads which are in progress to form spots, because when either of the rows

page_text: of points are withdrawn, in preparation for gathering up another portion of
bobbin threads, if the forks were to operate at that time the previous accu-
mulation would be disturbed; wherefore, at the time when either of the point
bars, back or front, is taking up, a depression in the camm 10 or 20 will
allow the opposite row of forks to retreat so far before the bobbin threads
which are then swinging outwards as to avoid slackening those threads;
but as soon as the said points have taken up, and the carriages begin
to return in the swinging motion, the forks are re-approached by an
elevation of their camm 10 or 20 into a proper position for arrest-
ing and slackening the bobbin threads. This action of the camms 10
and 20 continues until the spots are completed, and then other prominent
parts of the notched wheels 19 and 29 come into action on the teeth
of their levers 17 and 27, whereby those wheels resume their command
of the fork bars, and at that instant the latch links 12 and 22 are
unlatched by action of the other notched wheels 18 and 28 bringing pro-
minences against teeth of levers 14 and 24, which being connected by the
links 15 and 25 to the latch links 12 and 22, the latter are pulled down in
spite of their latching springs, so as to become disjointed from the lever arms
13 and 28, after which the prominent parts of the notched wheels 19 and 29
begin to pass away from the teeth of their levers 17 and 27, so as to allow the
fork bars to obey the action of their withdrawing springs, and descend to their
resting position, as shewn by the dotted lines Sheet IX., where they will
remain all the time that an intervening length of plain net is making, but
which being completed, then other succeeding prominences of the notched
wheels 19, 29, will come round and bring the forks again into operation, with
a repetition of the action before described, that operation, as well as its
repetition, being performed whilst the notched wheels make one revolution.
The form of the notched wheels 18, 19, is shewn in Sheet XV., and 28, 29, in
Sheet XVI. The notched wheels 47 and 48, at the ends of the back axis 42,
act to disconnect the two main guide bars t, t, and the front comb bar from their
ordinary racking wheels h, i, n, see Sheets XII. and XIII., by withdrawing
filling picces 55, 55, which are interposed between the under levers u, x, y,
which bear with teeth upon the racking wheels h, i, n, and the horizontal
arms of the elbow levers e, f, g, which elbow levers move about horizontal fixed
centre pins, and they give the endway motions to the bars by their vertical
arms. The filling pieces 55, 55, are jointed to the upper end of levers 56, 56,
which play on fixed centre pins, and their lower ends apply to the ircum-
ference of the notched wheels 47 and 48. The joint pin at the upper end of
the lever 56, upon which the filling pieces 55 are mounted, should not be far

page_text: out of line with the horizontal fixed centre pin on which the under levers
u, x, y, are mounted. When spots are to be made prominences of the wheels
47 and 48 come into action, and they withdraw the filling pieces 55, 55, so
far along the under levers u, x, y, as to remove them from beneath the
horizontal arms of their elbow levers e, f, g, which levers will then receive no
action from the under levers u, x, y, although the latter continue to be.moved
up and down by their racking wheels h, i, n, as usual. When the making of
plain net is to be resumed, the wheels 47 and 48 present notches to the teeth
of the levers 56; and then by effort of springs applied to. those levers the
filling pieces 55 are slided along the under levers u, x, y, until they become
re-interposed in due place beneath the horizontal arms of the elbow levers
e,f,g, which levers will then receive their accustomed racking motions, and trans-
mit the same to the two guide bars t, t, and front comb bar d, in a proper
manner for making plain net. There are two such filling pieces 55, 55, at the
right-hand end, to be actuated by the notched wheel 48, one for disconnecting
the front comb bar, and the other for disconnecting the front guide bar; and
two such filling pieces 55 at the left-hand end, to be actuated by the wheel
47, one for the back guide bar, and the other for the front guide bar, the latter
being only required to avoid any action on the front guide bar during the
making that sudden prominence of its racking wheel, which is for nudging the
front of spots by guides for a moment to the right when the back points are in
the act of penetrating the warp threads in making plain net. Note, a spring
is applied to the front comb bar d, and another to the front main guide bar
t, to urge those bars respectively towards the right, and the two filling pieces
55, 55, at the right-hand end are withdrawn by the wheel 48, in order to
discontinue the racking of the front comb bar and front guide bar whilst those
bars are standing racked as far as they can go towards the right, wherefore
each bar will be retained at rest towards its right-hand stop all the time whilst
spots are making, the stopping lever 93 forming such stop for the front guide
bar at that time. And in like manner a spring is applied to the back main
guide bar for urging it always towards the left, and its filling piece 55 at the
left-hand end is withdrawn by the wheel 47, whilst the back main guide bar
is standing racked as far as it can go towards the left, and its said spring will
retain it so all the time whilst spots are making. The aforesaid withdrawing,
as well as the subsequent re-interposing of the several filling pieces 55, 55, is
performed when they have no pressure to endure, and therefore they draw out
easily and go in again easily. Note, the ends of the horizontal arms of the
elbow levers e, f, g, are suspended by slight springs 57 to keep those ends
upwards and facilitate the aforesaid interposition of the filling pieces 55. The

page_text: additional racking wheels 51, 52, on the main axis O, for racking that pair of
the extra guide bars 3, 4, or 5, 6, which is for the time to be operative for
making spots, are drawn in Sheets XIV.; they act by means of lateral steps
formed on prominent circular border rims around their circumferences. Each
wheel 51, 52, bas two such prominent border rims with lateral steps, those on
one side of it being one for racking the front extra guide bar (3 or 5), and the
steps at the opposite side for racking the corresponding back extra guide bar
(4 or 6) of the same pair. The racking motions are transmitted to those bars
by additional racking levers 60, 61, 62, 63, mounted on horizontal cross centre
pins fixed to the front part of the frame; their upper ends are suitable bended
for reaching upwards to the several extra guide bars, see Sheet X. Each
lever is to operate on one such bar, and the lower arms of the same levers
have teeth to apply to the lateral steps around the border rims of the racking
wheels 51, 52; but those teeth are not made fast to the levers but to extra
tails, which are jointed to the lower arms of the levers by joint pins fixed
horizontally into those arms crossways to the direction of the fixed centre pins
on which the racking levers are mounted. Wherefore, by moving the extra
tails about their joint pins the teeth upon them can be removed so far out-
wards from the main axis O as to be out of reach of the prominent rims of the
racking wheels; or the same teeth can be approached towards the axis O so as
to come in contact with the lateral steps on the said rims in a proper manner
for. receiving the action of the steps thereof, and transmitting that action to
the corresponding extra guide bars. The additional racking levers 60 and 62
act to rack the extra guide bars 3 and 5 towards the left hand, and those bars
are drawn in an opposite direction towards the left by a spring which is
connected with each bar, and also with the front main guide bar, which has
also stops fixed to it, in order to intercept other stops on the extra guide
bars 3 and 5 when the same are racked towards the right, and the
additional racking levers 61, 63, rack the extra guide bars 4 and 6 towards
the right, with springs as aforesaid reacting in an opposite direction attached
to the back guide bar, and stops on that bar to intercept stops on the bars
4 and 6, when those bars are to the left; and it is by means of the said springs
and stops that the extra guide bars are caused to accompany their cor-
responding. extra guide bars in all their racking motions, whilst the extra
tails of the extra racking levers 60, 61, 62, and 68 are disengaged during
the making of plain net. And note, the springs which are applied as afore-
said to the two main guide bars to keep them at rest during the making of
spots must be very much more powerful than those reacting springs last men-
tioned which belong to the four extra guide bars 3, 5, and 4, 6. The aforesaid.

page_text: inaction or action of the additional racking levers 60, 61, 62, and 63, is
governed by the two notched wheels 49, 50, on the back axis 42, acting
against teeth at the middle part of levers 64, 65, behind the machine, which
are mounted on fixed centre pins at their lower ends, and their upper ends are
jointed to cross sliding rods 66, 67, which extend horizontally across over the
main axis O to the front of the machine, and their foremost ends are lodged in<
notches in fixed bearing pieces, a spring being applied to each sliding rod
66, 67, to urge it endways backwards, and keep the tooth of its lever 64 or 65
towards its notched wheel 49 or 50. A rapping screw is also applied to each
sliding rod 66, 67, to limit the going back, and at the foremost end of each a
small prong 68, 69, projects laterally to act in notches in pieces which project
out from the aforesaid extra tails of the racking levers. The notched wheel
49, with its lever 64, and sliding cross rod 66, prong 68, and spring, governs
the engaging or disengaging of the two racking levers 60, 61, which apply to
the lateral steps at the two opposite sides of the additional racking wheel 51,
and when engaged they transmit the racking motions thereof to the pair of
extra guide bars 3 and 4. The other notched wheel 50, lever 65, cross rod 67,-
and prong 69, belong to the two racking levers 62, 63, which apply to the
additional racking wheel 52, and when engaged they rack the other pair of
extra guide bars 5 and 6. The notched wheel 49 brings a notch in its
circumference into action when one row of spots is to be made, and that
allows the racking levers 60, 61, to be brought by action of the spring of their
cross rod 66 into operation against the additional racking wheel 51, in order
to rack the extra guide bars 3 and 4, until that row of spots is finished, and
then the notch of the wheel 49 disengages the racking lever 60 and 61. The
other notched wheel 50 having had its prominence in action whilst the said
row of spots was making, then kept the other pair of levers 62, 63, for the
extra guide bars 5, 6, disengaged; but the wheel 50 brings a notch into action
when another succeeding row of spots is to be made, and that allows the
spring of its sliding rod 67 to bring the two racking levers 62, 63, into action
by the additional racking wheel 52 for racking the other pair 5, 6, of extra.
guide bars. The wheel 39, on the back axis 42, produces the traversing of
both the two fork bars 2 and 9 by means of lateral steps on its borders rims,
as shewn in Sheet XVI., which act upon trucks at the lower end of a
traversing lever 70, descending from the back end of a cross axis 71, which
extends horizontally across the machine from back to front, and has a lever
arm 72, 72, fixed to it at each end, and rising up to the spindle bars 34, of
the fork bars in back and front, the upper end of each lever 72 being
included between teeth projecting down from the spindle bars 34, so that the
two levers 72 will command the motion of the two spindle bars endways

page_text: without impediment to the turning about of the spindle bars, which are
allowed liberty of motion endways in their several bearings, and also the
trucks 35 of the fork bars can move across their bridges 53. The traversing
lever 70 has two trucks upon its lower end, which are actuated by the lateral
steps on both sides of the wheel 39, in order to traverse and retain both the
fork bars 2 and 9 towards one hand when one row of spots is making, so that
their several forks 7 and 8 will stand opposite to the several extra guides on
one pair of extra guide bars 3, 4, which are then operative, and then to
traverse and retain the two fork bars 2 and 9 towards the other hand when
the next succeeding row of spots is making, so as to place the several forks
7 and 8 opposite to the extra guides of the other pair of bars 5 and 6, which are
then operative. The two racking levers 72, 72, for the back and front spindle
bars 34 being both fixed on the same cross axis 71, the back and front fork
bars 2 and 9 are always traversed equally and simultaneously. The notched
wheel 37, on the back axis 42, for regulating the front point bar I when spots
are making, acts against a tooth on a lever 74, from which a cross rod 75
extends horizontally to the upper end of a lever.76 in front of the machine,
which stands upright from a horizontal axis 77 extending beyond the right-
hand end standard, and having a lever arm 83 projecting horizontally upwards
from the end of it, with a perpendicular sliding bolt 78 jointed to the lever
arm 88, and the upper end of that bolt, being guided by a sheave or roller 79
mounted on a fixed centre pin. The upper end of the bolt 78 has a
prominence on its left-hand edge, which, when the bolt is moved up and down,
acts behind the lower end of an extra conducting plate 80, which is pendulous
about a fixed centre pin at its upper end, and serves, during the making of
spots, for conducting the front point bar I, which has an extra tooth 81
affixed to it to apply to the upright left-hand face of the extra conducting
plate 80, which face is curved and indented suitably for guiding the front
points, so as to make their insertions properly amongst the threads in the act
of catching and taking up bobbin threads for making spots, in the same
manner as they are guided by the ordinary fixed conducting plate z, and tooth
or adjustable bolt q, when plain net is making; but at such times the wheel 37
presents a notch in its circumference to the tooth of its lever 74, and that
allows the upright bolt 78 to descend by its own weight (aided by a pulling-
down spring), so as to remove its prominence from behind the lower end of
the pendulous conducting plate 80, which then hangs loose, and has no effect
on the front point bar I, leaving the same to be conducted in the usual
manner by its fixed conducting plate z; but whenever a row of spots is to be
begun (by either pair of extra guide bars 3, 4, or 5, 6, then a prominence of
the wheel 37 comes into action against the tooth of its lever 74, and by the

page_text: connection of the cross rod 75, lever 76 and 77, and lever 83, the bolt 78 is
lifted up endways so as to insert the prominence at the upper end behind the
pendulous conducting plate 80, in order to move the same about its suspend-
ing centre pin so much towards the left as will carry it in contact with the
extra tooth 81 of the front point bar I, and will also bear that point bar half a
space further towards the left hand than it was when its tooth q applied to the
fixed conducting plate z, by which means the pointed pins of the front row will
be placed exactly under or exactly over the pointed pins of the back row; and
by the guidance of the extra conducting plate 80 they will continue so all the
time of their taking-up action for gathering bobbin threads to make spots;
but when that is finished, and the making of plain net is to be resumed, the
wheel 37 will present a notch and remove the conducting plate 80 out of
action, leaving the front point bar 1 to be guided by its fixed conducting
plate z. The said action of the extra conducting plate 80 is repeated in the
above manner at every succeeding time of making spots, as well those which
are made by operation of one pair of extra guide bars 3, 4, as those which are
made by the other pair 5, 6. The notched wheel 38, on the back axis 42, is
for disengaging the winding up of the lace roller when spots are to be made.
It operates on a tooth at the lower end of a lever 85, which is poised upon a
fixed centre pin, and the upper end is connected by a link 86 with the
upright arm of the elbow lever 1, which applied to the camm r, and the
other arm
of which lever actuates the long upright driver o for
turning the small ratchet wheel by which the lace roller is wound up.
When the wheel 38 presents a notch to the lever 85 it allows the elbow
lever to act in its usual and proper manner by the camm r and reacting
spring for winding up during the making of plain net; but when a
row of spots is to be made the wheel 38 presents a prominence to its lever
85, which by its link 86 detains the elbow lever 1 from following the
depressions of its camm r by the reacting spring, and therefore the long
driver o will not be lowered down to take hold of any fresh teeth of the
ratchet wheel so long as spots are making. Note, it has been before
mentioned, that in order to facilitate the taking-up action of the back points G,
when they are to take up the twists and crossings for making plain net,
and to insure that they shall make a proper insertion amongst the warp
threads, a small shogging motion should be given to the main front guide
bart at the moment when the back points G are to make their insertion
amongst the warp threads. This is done by a small sudden prominence on
the front guide bar racking wheel; but to permit of this racking the usual
end stop to the bar must be removed by means of a small unstopping wheel 92

page_text: applied on the main axis O, and revolving therewith. A truck at the lower
end of one arm of an elbow, lever 93 applies to the circumference of the
wheel 92, that lever being mounted on a horizontal fixed centre pin, situated
nearly over the main axis O, and parallel thereto. The upper end of the lever
93 is adapted to be inserted by action of a reacting spring between the right-
hand extremity of the front guide bar and the end of its dead stop screw, the
thickness of the said upper end of the lever 93 being as much as the guide
bar is required to be shogged for taking up, but when the carriages swing
backwards as the back points are in the act of taking up, a prominence of the
wheel 92 comes round to the truck of the lever 93, and thereby the said upper
end of that lever is withdrawn from its aforesaid insertion, and allows the front
guide bar to-be shogged an additional space to the right for facilitating the
insertion of the points. As this action is only required whilst the plain net is
making, but not when spots are making, the racking wheel 92 is at those
latter times disengaged from its action on the lever 93 by sliding the racking
wheel 92 so far along the main axis O that it will miss the truck of the lever 93.
For this purpose the wheel 92 is fitted on the round part of the axis O to be
capable of moving thereon, but is prevented from turning round on the
axis O by a pin fixed into the boss of the wheel N, and passing through the
wheel 92. The boss of the wheel 92 has a deep circular groove cut round its
outside to receive a pin which projects downwards from a cross lever 91, the
foremost end of which is fitted on a fixed upright centre pin, and the backmost
end carries two trucks, which apply to lateral steps at the two sides of the
border rim of a wheel 90, fixed on the back axis 42; and the said lateral steps
act alternately to force the back end of the lever 91 to the right at some times,
and to the left at others, so as by the action of the aforesaid pin of the cross
lever 91, in the groove of the wheel 92, to move that wheel along the axis O
as much as will take it laterally out of action on the truck of the lever 93
when spots are to be made, and then bring it laterally into action again when
plain net is to be made. The operation whereby the plain net is made is
much the same as usual in fluted roller machines, in which the points operate
by taking up all the twists. The forms of the steps around the racking
wheels h, i, and r, for the front and back guide bars, and for the front comb
bar, is drawn in Sheet XIV., where the shapes of the four taking-up
camms v, w, V, W, for actuating the point bars, is also represented; and
likewise the forms of the two cams 10 and 20 for regulating the position of
the two rows of slackening forks, for rendering them operative at some periods
of the progress of forming spots, and inoperative at others.
The large
wheel 36 of seventy-two teeth, on the back axis 42, is turned one tooth at

page_text: every time that the bobbin carriages A, B, are approaching towards the full
extent of their vibration either way from the warp threads, and the teeth of
that wheel which comes successively into operation may be numbered, in order
to state the progress of the operation of making a row of spots by the
machinery. The preparation for changing the parts into a state for making
spots is begun several of those teeth before the making of plain net is finished,
for the two rows of forks 7 and 8 are traversed by their wheel 39 whilst they
continue withdrawn, and are resting in their dotted positions, Sheet IX. This is
in order to bring the several forks opposite to the places where they will be
required to make spots at the next time, in concurrence with the two extra
guide bars 3 and 4. Then about four teeth of the large wheel before the
making of plain net is finished the notched wheel 38 disengages the long
driver o, so as to discontinue the winding up of the lace roller before the last
row of half meshes are taken up by the points; this is done because the
vibration of the carriage and the action of the points during the making of
the spots will tend to make the threads slack, and therefore they will require
winding up before the making of plain net is resumed. By the time that the
wheel 36 is turned to that tooth which may be chosen for the zero or
commencement of a new revolution, both rows of carriages A, B, being then
in the front combs D, the notched-wheels 19 and 29 will, by progressive
action at preceding motions of the wheel 36, have raised and advanced the
two rows of forks 7 and 8 nearly up to their operative position Sheet IX., and
the prominence of the wheel 92 will withdraw the stop lever 93 at the right-
hand end of the front guide bar for a moment, in order to permit that bar to
be shogged or nudged for an instant an unusual or additional space to the right
by a small prominence on its racking wheel, as shewn in Sheet XIV., merely
for facilitating the proper insertion of the back points, which are then about
to penetrate the warp threads; but having penetrated, the front guides return
instantly to their previous position, and their stop lever 93 is inserted. And,
note, the stop lever 93, with its wheel 92, cross lever 91, and notched wheel 90,
are really situated at the right-hand end of the machine, although they are
represented at the left hand in the Drawings. After these preparations the
change is really made at tooth 1 of the wheel 36, on the back axis 42, which
tooth is mooved before the carriages are swung quite back, for it is moved
whilst the front division A are in progress of passing through backwards
between the warp threads, in order that the change may be in great part
completed before the carriages reach the full extent of their vibration back-
wards at that stage of the usual operation of making plain net in fluted roller
machinery, when the carriages are going through backwards in preparation for

page_text: racking Number 1, and which is explained by the Drawing, Sheet XIV., and
which is at that period of the said usual operation, after meshes of net have
been taken up by the back points, and in the interval before taking up again
with the front points. The said racking Number 1 is that particular time of
racking, with both divisions of the carriages swung out backwards into the
back combs, which is immediately preceding to the usual bringing of the
front division through forwards into the front combs, in order that they may
be racked therein one space to the right hand, for the purpose of causing the
said front division of carriages to make a step of their progressive traversing
towards the right hand. And note also, as the change will be completed before
the ordinary racking wheels have racked their aforesaid Number 1 with both
divisions in the back combs, no such racking will be this time performed by
the ordinary racking wheels, because they will bave been disconnected an
instant previous to the appointed time for so racking. At. the said moving
of tooth 1 of the wheel 36, the notched wheel 48 withdraws the filling
pieces 55 from beneath the elbow racking levers g and e at the right-hand
ends of the front comb bar and the front guide bar, both those bars
being at the time resting against the stops at the right-hand end (the
stop lever 98 forming one of the said stops), so that the said withdrawing of
the pieces 55 will not cause any motion of the said bars, but they will
continue to be held in contact with their respective right-hand stops by
action of powerful springs, with which each bar is provided, and which always
urge those two said bars towards the right; also at tooth 1 the wheel 47
withdraws the filling pieces 55 at the left-hand end of the front guide bar
and the back guide bar, the latter being at the time resting against its
stop at the, left-hand end, and will be retained there by action of a powerful
spring with which it is provided. Also at tooth 1 the wheel 49, by its lever
64, cross rod and spring 66, prong 68, allows the extra rails of the two
racking tails 60 and 61 to be brought into action against the lateral steps
on the border rims of the additional racking wheel 51, in order to prepare
the two extra guide bars 3 and 4 for operation. In making a row of spots
this connection is completed before the time for racking the threads with
both divisions of the carriages in the back combs. Also at tooth.1 the
wheel 19 acts by its lever 17, oblique cross rod 16, and lever arm 13, and
the wheel 29 acts by its elbow lever 27, oblique rod 26, and lever arm 23,
on the spindle bars 34 of the fork bars, back and front at the same time, to
raise and advance the two rows of forks 7 and 8 so near to their operative
positions, as shewn in Sheet IX., as will permit the two latch links 12 and 22
to become jointed by action of their latching springs to the joint pins at the

page_text: lower ends of the lever arms 13 and 23 respectively, and the instant that is
accomplished the wheels 19 and 29 leave the forks to be governed by their
own wheels 10 and 20 on the main axis, viz, the front row 8 by wheel 10,
lever 11, latch link 12, lever arm 18, spindle bar 34, and fork bar 9, and the
back row 7 by wheel 20, lever 21, latch link 22, lever arm 23, spindle bar
34, and fork bar 2; and these connections will place the two rows of forks
exactly in their intended positions, so that the back row 7 will be ready for
catching and slackening the proper bobbin threads of the back division B
when the same get to the full extent of their vibration backwards at tooth 1,
as is shewn in Sheet IX. And note, when the carriages passed between the
warp threads at going back in the said vibration at tooth 1, the said left
traversing spotting carriages in going through backwards had the warp
threads which are threaded in both the front and back extra guides on bars
3 and 4 on their right hand, but the right traversing spotting carriages;
which are part of the front division A, had the threads of bar 8 on their
right, and the threads of bar 4 on their left hand; and when the carriages get
quite back, and the bobbin threads of the back division B are slackened
by the back fork 7, as above mentioned, the right traversing carriages are
not slackened when the carriages get quite back at tooth 1. Then the
front extra guide bar 3 is racked by its racking wheel 51 one space to the
left, so as to cross those warp threads which belong to it before the right
traversing carriage of spotting pair, which, when the carriages come forwards'
again between the warp threads, will have the warp threads of both extra
guide bars 3 and 4 on their left; and the left traversing spotting carriages,
in coming through forwards, will also have those said warp threads on their
left. At tooth 2 the front row of forks 8 will be in their acting position
when the carriages come forwards to the full extent of their vibration, so
that those forks will catch and slacken the proper threads of the front division
A (as shewn in Sheet X.), and both the extra guide bars 3 and 4 are racked
one space to the right, so as to cross behind the left traversing carriages,
which, when they go backwards again between the warp threads, will have
those threads which belong to the two extra guide bars 3 and 4 on their right,
but then the extra guide bar 4 is racked one space to the left as soon as the
left traversing carriages have passed between the warp threads, and before
the right traversing carriages go through, and therefore, when they do so,
they will have threads of the extra guide bar 3 on their right, and those
of bar 4. on their left. The back row of forks 7 are moved back a little by a
depression of their camm 20 coming into action so as to remove those forks
from their operating position, and therefore at tooth 8 when the carriages
D

page_text: get back to the full extent of their vibration at tooth 3, the threads of the
left traversing spotting carriages will not be slackened. The front points I
are withdrawn from the meshes of the net by action of their camms w, w,
elbow levers X, X, and links a, a; and the instant after the front points are
withdrawn the back points G are raised up a little by action of their camm
W, elbow lever L, back link M, and tail-pole lever J, so as to stand at the
same level as the front point stood at before they were withdrawn. The
front points, as soon as they are withdrawn, are lowered down by action of
their camm V, elbow lever L, back link M, and tail-pole lever J. Note,
both for the benefit of the setting-in and the distension of the spots, thicker
points are used; but in order to prepare the front points for action they must
be properly placed, with their pointed pins immediately beneath those of the
back points, as before explained, which is done at tooth 3 when the front
points are out of the threads, and descending before the carriages get quite
back. The wheel 37 then presents an elevation to its lever 74, and by the
cross rod 75, lever 76, axis 77, and lever 83, raises the perpendicular bolt 78,
which, by its prominence, brings the extra conducting plate 80 into operation,
and that carries the front point bar away from its ordinary conducting plate
z, racking the front points half a space to the left, in which state the front
points will rise up exactly under the back points, and will continue so all the
time whilst spots are making, for thereby the back points and front become
qualified for taking up and retaining repeated accumulations of the same
bobbin threads in the same places for forming the spots. After this prepara-
tion the front points make their insertion amongst the warp threads by
action of their camms w, w, and begin to be lifted up by action of their camm
V. At tooth 3 the wheel 90 acts by its cross lever 91 to withdraw the wheel
92 so much along the axis O as to take it out of action on the stop lever 93,
because that lever is only required to be momentarily removed from the right
hand end of the front point bar when the back points are in the act of taking
up the meshes of plain net, but not when spots are making. When the
carriages are quite back at tooth 3 the extra guide bar 3 is racked by its
wheel 51' one space to the left, so as to cross those warp threads which
belong to it before the right traversing carriages which in coming through
between the warp threads will have the warp threads of both extra guide bars
3 and 4. on their left, and of the left traversing carriages the same as before
stated. When the carriages begin to spring forwards again the back row of
forks 7 follow the threads by action of an elevation of their cam 20, so
as to regain their proper position for slackening the bobbin threads at
the next time when the carriages swing back. At tooth 3, when the carriages

page_text: get back to the full extent of their vibration, all the warp threads will
stand as they did at the previous time of the carriages being back. Also
when the carriages begin to swing forwards the front points, having penetrated
as before mentioned, will have been lifted up by action of their camm V, and
in rising they gather up those portions of the several bobbin threads which
have been slackened by the aforesaid action of the forks, and laid across their
corresponding extra guide threads by the racking motions thereof, combined
with the passing and repassing of the carriages, as above explained. The said
portions of bobbin thread so gathered up by the front points are those which
were slackened by the back forks 7 at tooth 1, and also those which were
slackened by the front fork 8 at tooth 2, forming laps round the corresponding
warp threads in part of the formation of the spots which are in progress.
Note, the front points are only lifted by action of their camm V as high as
the lowest of the two levels for the points, as before explained, so as to be very
close beneath the back points, without actually touching at tooth 4. When
both divisions of carriages are swung forwards, to the full extent of their
vibration, the front forks 8, which are in their operating position, will act as
before to slacken the right traversing carriages, just as was done at tooth 2.
Then both the extra guide bars 3 and 4 are racked one space to the right,
so as to cross behind the left traversing carriages, which are part of the back
division B; the carriages then swing backwards, and both right and left
traversing carriages have the warp threads of both extra guide bars 3 and 4
on their right hand when they get quite back at tooth 5; the back forks 7,
being already in their proper acting position, slacken the proper bobbin threads
of the left traversing carriages, being the second time of slackening back.
bobbin threads, and the fourth time of slackening; and at tooth 5 both the
extra guide bars 3 and 4 are racked one space to the left, so as to cross before
both right and left spotting carriages. Then the carriages come through
forwards, and the right traversing carriages will have the threads belonging to
both extra guide bars 3 and 4 on their left, but after those carriages have
come through amongst the front division, but before the other division enters,
the extra guide bar 3 is racked one space to the right, so that the left travers-
ing carriages, when they do come through, will have the threads of the extra
guides on bar 3 on their right, and those of the bar 4 on their left. The back
points are withdrawn by action of their camm v, and instantly afterwards the
front points are raised up by action of their camm V to the highest level which
the back points occupied before, and the back points begin to descend in pre-
paration for action, at the same time; by a depression of the cam 10, the front
forks 8 are caused to retreat a little way beyond their acting position; where-

page_text: fore, when the carriages get forwards at tooth 6 no slackening will take place,
neither does any racking of any guide bars take place this time; but the
carriages begin to swing backwards, and the front forks 8 advance, in order that
they may regain their proper operating position; and by the time that the back
division of carriages has passed the back points will have been raised up
again so as to be olose beneath the front points. The back points having taken
up, those portions of bobbin thread which were slackened by the action of the
front forks at tooth 4, and of the back forks at tooth 5, when both divisions of
carriages get quite back at tooth 7, the bobbin threads of the back division
are slackened by action of the back forks 7, being the third time of slackening
since those threads, and the fifth time of slackening since the commencement.
All the threads will now stand the same as they did at the commencement.
The above series of actions is repeated three times over, exactly as above
described, in regular progression of the teeth of the wheel 36 up to tooth 18,
in order to complete the row of spots. The bobbin thread of each carriage,
which is operative for spotting, will by that time have been slackened six times;
that is, six times of slackening by each row of forks; each point bar will have
taken up three times, and all the threads will have regained the same positions
which they had at the commencement, ready for resuming the making of plaiu
net. The commencement of the change which is requisite to be made in the
machinery for that purpose is before the spot is completed, viz: at tooth 14,
when the wheel 38 restores the winding-up action of the lace roller, in order
that by beginning to wind up the lace it may give the threads a proper tension,
and draw up the row of meshes which were last made to a proper form and size.
Then at tooth 18 the wheels 19 and 29, bring prominences into action for re-
suming the command of the fork bars, and the instant they have done so their
follow wheels 18 and 28 unlatch the latch links 12 and 22, from the joint
pins of the lever arms 13 and 23, and then depressions of the wheels 19 and 29
which succeed allow the two fork bars to be withdrawn by action of their
withdrawing springs beyond their operative positions. Then at tooth 19 the
wheels 47 and 48 replace the filling pieces 55 beneath the elbow racking levers
of the front comb bar and of the two main guide bars, which (as well as tho
carriages, stand exactly as they did when the same filling pieces were with-
drawn at tooth 1, and being restored the bars are prepared for racking by
their ordinary racking wheels h, i, n, when both divisions of carriages get behind
into the back combs, the same as they would have been when their operation
was suspended for making the spots; also at tooth 19 the wheel 49 disengages
the racking levers 60 and 61 of the extra guide bars 3 and 4. And note, as
those bars must act during the making of plain net coincidently with the main

page_text: guide bars to which they belong respectively, therefore each extra bar is kept
in contact with a stop fixed to the corresponding main guide bars, and is urged
towards that stop by a slight spring which is also connected to the same guide
bar. By the time that the carriages are swung quite back at the tooth 19 the
chief part of the change will be effected, and the operation of making plain
net begins by the ordinary racking wheels h, i, n, racking their usual Number 1
(which has been herein-before defined, and is explained by the Drawings)
previously to the carriages swinging forwards. The two fork bars 2 and 9
are gradually lowered down to their resting positions, shewn by dotted lines in
Sheet IX, by action of their wheels 19 and 29, during several succeeding teeth;
at tooth 21 the wheel.90 slides the wheel 92 so much along the axis O that
it will come into its proper situation for acting on the stop lever 93, when
requisite for withdrawing that lever from the right-hand end of the front main
guide bar to allow that bar to be shogged for a moment an additional space to
the right, when the back points are in the act of taking up, and all the*
carriages are in front, as before explained. Also at tooth 21, when the front.
points are withdrawn and begun to be let down, so as to be quite clear of all
the threads, then the wheel 37 releases the extra conducting plate 80 for the
front point bar, and allow that bar to go back to its usual conducting plate <,
which will guide it properly for taking up the meshes of plain net, with its
pins interspaced, to those of the back point bar. The operation of making
plain net goes on in the usual manner until tooth 36, by which time threo
rows of complete meshes of net will have been made, and then another row
of spots is commenced and made by exactly the same course of procedure as
above described, except that instead of the extra guide bars 3 and 4 the other
pair 5 and 6 are operative, and the two rows of forks 7 and 8 are traversed
so much as to place their forks exactly opposite to the several guides on the
bars 5 and 6, that traversing being. performed previously by degrees whilst
the plain net is making, and the forks are in their resting position, as shewn
by the dotted lines Sheet IX. The second row of spots whereof the spots will
be interspaced to those of the former row will be completed at tooth 54, and
after that the making of plain net is resumed again until tooth 72, when threc
more rows of complete meshes will have been made, and the whole of the
operation above described is then begun over again.
Thirdly, respecting Lever's machinery for making spotted net by slackening
barticular bobbin threads.
Another further part of my said improvements in machinery for making or
namented bobbin net lace is for forming spots, as aforesaid, by gathering up and
accumulating portions of particular bobbin threads whereof meshes of bobbin

page_text: net lace are in progress of making, by intertwisting and combining bobbin
threads and warp threads by operation of that kind of machinery which is
commonly called Lever's hand machinery, the texture of such spots being
somewhat similar to that of the spots made by the application herein-before
described of forks for slackening the particular bobbin threads which are to be
gathered up by extra motions of the point bars in fluted roller machinery; but
the additional machinery which is requisite (as now about to be described) in
making a like application to Lever's machinery for forming spots in the bobbin
net lace made thereby, is very different from the former additional machinery.
The bobbin net lace made by Lever's machinery with spots, according to this
part of my improvements, may be either a wide piece of such net ornamented
with spots (as is the case in the fluted roller machinery already described), or
it may be made in narrow breadths of such lace united together into one broad
tissue by whipping threads. The additional machinery which is applied to the or-
dinary Lever's machine is brought into operation occasionally for forming spots
in the net, the ordinary process of making the net being suspended whilst the
spots are forming, and then resumed after each transverse row of spots is
finished, in the same manner as herein-before explained.
Sheets XVII. to XXI. of the Drawings hereunto annexed contain represen-
tations of a Lever's hand machine with this part of my improvements applied
thereto. The names of the principal parts are written upon the Drawings. There
are but few alterations of the ordinary Lever's machinery, and all the parts
thereof operate nearly in their usual manner for making the plain net. The ad-
ditional parts which are provided for forming spots, according to this part of
my improvement, are as follows:-Two pairs of extra guide bars 3, 4, and 5, 6,
Sheet XVII., are provided for guiding all those warp threads which are to
concur at any time with bobbin threads in forming spots, all other warp threads
which never operate for making spots being.conducted through the single row of
main guides v, which are as usual in Lever's machinery, but with two adjacent
guides cut out to leave a vacancy of two guides at every place in the row of
main guides where spots are to be made at any time in the width of the net,
see Figure v, and extra guides are applied on one pair of extra guide bars 8, 4,
suitably for filling up the said vacancies at all those places where spots are
to made in a row at one time, and extra guides are in like manner applied on
the other pair of extra guide bars. 5, 6, to fill up all the intermediate
vacancies where spots are to be made in a row at the next succeeding
time. The place of one of the two adjacent guides which are cut out of the
main guides at each vacancy is supplied by an extra guide on one of the
bars 3 or 5 in front, and the place of the other vacant guide by an extra guide

page_text: on the other bar 4 or 6 at the back. Whenever plain net is making all the
extra guides stand correctly spaced into their several vacancies in the row of
main guides v, and by the main guides, together with the extra guides, the
warp threads are held in a continuous unbroken row, suitably for the passing
and repassing of the carriages between those warp threads in the usual manner
of Lever's machines, and all the five guide bars t, 3, 4, 5, and 6, are racked
with equal and simultaneous motions as if they were one bar.
Whilst spots
are making the main guide bar t is never racked, but it stands motionless, and
at one time of so making spots one pair of extra guide bars 3, 4 (but those
only), are racked with suitable motions for causing those pairs of adjacent
warp threads which are guided by them to concur with their corresponding
bobbin threads in forming spots, and then at the next succeeding time of
making spots the other pair of extra guide bars 5, 6 (but those only are
racked), suitably for forming spots at other places in the width of the net, which
places are intermediate to the places of the spots made at the preceding time.
The main guide bar t is applied on the upper edge of a fixed tye bar, and the
extra guide bars are applied against the back and front faces of the said
tye bar which supports them all five. The main guide bar t is racked by its
usual guide bar racking wheel fixed on the upright axis V of the ordinary
racking wheels at the right-hand end of the machine, which, whilst plain net is
making, are turned round by means of an eight-toothed ratchet wheel and a
chopper lever S, with a driver Y acting in the usual manner to move it one
of those teeth at every time that the landing bars are fully extended and the
bobbin carriages swung out to the full extent of their vibration each way; but
when the making of plain net is suspended for the purpose of making a row
of spots, the chopper lever S is detained from retreating, and catching the
teeth of the eight-toothed ratchet wheel by its driver Y, wherefore the chopper
will not be moved as usual, but the axis V will stand motionless, with all the
racking wheels upon it, until the row of spots is finished, and the making of
plain net is to be resumed. The chopper lever S will then be allowed to retreat,
in order that the driver Y may resume its action on the teeth of the eight-
toothed ratchet wheel. The front comb bar a, as well as the main guide
bar t, being racked by wheels on the axis V, will both be left without racking
motions whilst spots are forming, and so will the turn-again comb bar I and
the selvedge guide bars, if such bars are used, in order to enable the
machinery to make its bobbin nét lace in breadths. The four extra guide
bars 8, 4, 5, 6, are racked by means of four large additional racking wheels 7,
8, and 11, 12, fixed on an upright axis 9, which is mounted in suitable bearings
at the left-hand end of the machine, with a ratchet wheel 10 of eighty-two

page_text: teeth on the same axis 9, to be turned at tooth at a time by a driver 23 jointed
to one arm of an elbow lever 24 which plays on an upright fixed centre pin,
and the other arm is moved by a projecting piece w, fixed on the goose-neck
link, so as to turn the ratchet wheel 10 one tooth every time that the landing
bars are fully extended, and the bobbin carriages are swung out to the full
extent of their vibration, either way, the motion so given to the large additional
racking wheels on the axis 9 being simultaneous with those given to the
ordinary racking wheels on the axis V by the driver Y of their chopper lever S,
excepting that the said large racking wheels are always kept in motion as well
when spots are making, as when plain net is making; and during the most
part of the latter periods the large racking wheels 7, 8, and 11, 12, give to all
the four extra guide bars the same racking motions as the ordinary guide bar
wheel on the axis V. is at the same time giving to the main guide bar t, in
order that all the five guide bars t, 3, 4, 5, and 6 may be moved simultaneously.
like one bar during the greater part of the making of plain net; but during
the making of spots, when the axis V, and, consequently, the main guide bar t,
is left standing motionless, the large racking wheels 7, 8, on the axis 9, will
give to one pair of extra guide bars 3, 4, such racking motions as they
require for making spots, without any such motions being given to the other
pair of bars 5, 6; that is, at one time of making spots, but at the next
succeeding time of making spots the bars 5, 6, will be racked by their large
wheels 11, 12, with suitable motions for making spots, leaving the bars 3, 4,
as well as the main guide bar t, motionless. A row of forks 1, Sheet XVII.,
each shaped like the tail of a fish, is applied on a slender bar 2 at the back
of the machine, and during the making of spots the row of forks 1 is
presented to the bobbin threads when they swing out backwards nearly to the
full extent of their vibration that way, in order to arrest particular bobbin
threads, so as bend and pull off portions of thread from their bobbins. The
spread of each fork is 1, see Figure 1, Sheet XVII., wide enough to catch
and arrest two adjacent bobbin threads without interfering with any other
neighbouring bobbin threads. The forks 1 are withdrawn backwards out of
the reach of the bobbin threads whilst the plain net is making, but are
moved forwards into an operative position, as shewn in Sheets XVII. and
XVIII., when spots are to be made. For this purpose the bar 2, whereon
the forks are fixed, is connected by long slender arms 31, with a horizontal back
bar 32, which is mounted in bearing sockets at the upper ends of spindle bar
arms 33, which rise up from a horizontal spindle bar 34, supported in bearings
at the back of the machine, with a lever arm 13 projecting out backwards and
downwards from the spindle bar 34 to apply to notches on the circumference

page_text: of a notched wheel 20, fixed upon a long horizontal axis 42 at the back of the
machine. As the wheel 20 is turned round its prominences, by acting on the
lever arm 13, will advance the fork bar 2 into its operative position when spots
are to be made, and then allow it to retreat by force of a reacting spring when'
they are finished. The fork bar 2 is supported by means of small trucks (see
Sheets XVIII. and XX.) which are fitted upon pins fixed into the arms 31 at
each end of the fork bar, and they travel upon small bridges which are fixed
to supports projecting out forwards from the back tye bar. They guide the
fork bar 2 when it is advanced, so that the extremities of the forks will present
themselves properly to the bobbin threads which they are to catch, as is
represented in Sheet XVII.; and when the fork bar is withdrawn the
bridges guide it so as to take the forks out of the way of the carriages.
The several fish-tailed forks 1 are fixed in their row on the bar 2 opposite
to the places where extra guides are fixed on each one of the extra guide bars
3 or 4, or 5 or 6, in order that the two bobbin threads which each fork is
adapted to catch and arrest may be the corresponding threads to those
two warp threads which are threaded through the extra guides of the extra
guide bars 3, 4, or 5, 6, of one pair; and the fork bar 2 is traversed end-
ways in the direction of its length when plain net is making in the interim
between making one row of spots and the next succeeding row, so as at
one time of making spots to place the several fished-tailed forks 1 opposite
to the extra guides of one pair of extra guide bars 3, 4, and then at the
next succeeding time of making spots to place the same forks 1 opposite to
the extra guides of the other pair of bars 5, 6, the forks being in each case,
by their traversing, placed opposite to the guides of those extra guide bars
which are for the time to be operative, and the same traversing removes
them away from opposite to the guides of the other extra guide bars
which are not to be operative for the time. The said traversing motion
of the fork bar 2 is given by steps around the circumference of a large
racking or traversing wheel 40, fixed on the upper end of the upright axis 9,
the traversing motion being transmitted by means of elbow lever 46 to the
extreme end of the back bar 32 of the fork bar 2, and a racking spring 41 is
applied to the bar 32. The several places where extra guides are fixed on
one pair of bars 3, 4, are interspaced to the places where they are fixed on
the other pair of bars 5, 6, in order that the spots which are made at one
time in a row across the net by aid of one part of extra bars may be inter-
spaced to those spots which are made in another row at the next succeeding
time by aid of the other pair of extra bars, so as to distribute the spots in
the net according to what is called a chequered pattern. The sanic row of

page_text: rows.
forks 2 by its traversing, serves to make the interspaced spots of succeeding
The traversing wheel 40, by which that action is produced, is turned
only once round during the making of two succeeding rows of spots and the
two intervening portions of plain net which belong to two rows of spots; and
the same may be said of the four large racking wheels 7, 8, and 11, 12, for the
four extra guide bars 8, 4, 5, 6, all of them being fixed on the same upright
axis 9. The notched wheel 20, by which the row of forks 1 is brought
forwards into action for making spots, or taken backwards out of action when
plain net is to be made, is fixed upon a long horizontal axis 42, which extends
behind all the length of the machine, being supported in bearings which
project out backwards from the fixed framing. It is turned round by means
of a large ratchet wheel 39 of fifty-six teeth, which are actuated one at a
time by a driver-49, jointed to a short. arm 50 of the back axis T of the usual
drawing table levers. The driver 49 turns the ratchet wheel 89 when the
landing bars are extending from the warp threads, the motions being given
coincidently with those which are given to the other ratchet wheels of the
axis V and 9, but the back axis 42 requires to be turned twice round whilst
the axis 9 is turned only once round, wherefore there two other long drivers
43 and 44 are provided for acting in the teeth of the ratchet wheel 39; one
of them, 48, is jointed to a short arm 45 projecting out backwards from the
upper spindle bar F, for the front points bar, and the other long driver 44
is jointed to a like arm 47 of the lower spindle bar G for the back point bar;
wherefore either of the point bars is put down; the long driver 43 or 44
which belongs to it takes a tooth of the ratchet wheel 39, and when the same
point bar goes up again, in order to take up the threads, the driver 43 or 44
belonging to that bar will turn the ratchet wheel 39 one tooth, so that the
said wheel is moved one tooth at every time that the landing bars are
extended, and also one other tooth at every time that the point bar, goes up,
and baving fifty-six teeth it is turned twice round by the time that the ratchet
wheel 10 of eighty-two teeth is turned once round (tooth by tooth) at every
time that the landing bars are extended, because fifteen out of the fifty-six
teeth are turned tooth by tooth at the taking-up motions of the point bars, the
other forty-one teeth being turned at the extending of the landing bars simul-
taneously with the turning of the wheel 10. Note, the ordinary eight-toothed
ratchet wheel on the upright axis V is turned round three times for making
three rows of complete meshes of plain net, which (in the particular machine
now describing) is the extent of net intervening between the succeeding rows
of spots, and then, by the before-mentioned detention of its chopper lever S,
the eight-toothed ratchet wheel is left motionless whilst a row of spots is

page_text: making, during which operation the landing bars are extended seventeen
times, and the two large ratchet wheels 10 and 89 are each turned that
number of teeth. The point bars are actuated for taking up nine times
whilst the row of spots is making; wherefore the ratchet wheel 39 on the
back axis 42 is turned round nine teeth besides the aforesaid seventeen,
making twenty-six teeth whilst a row of spots is made; and whilst the eight-
toothed ratchet wheel is standing still, and whilst the last ratchet wheel 10 is
turned round seventeen teeth, and whilst the three rows of intervening meshes
of plain net are making, the landing bars are extended twenty-four times,
moving the ratchet wheels 10 and 39 that number of teeth also; the point
bars take up six times in the same period, moves six teeth more, or in all
thirty teeth moved at each time of making plain net, which added to the afore-
said twenty-six teeth, which are moved whilst the row of spots are making,
comprizes the fifty-six teeth of the wheel 39, which therefore goes once round
whilst one row of spots and three rows of intervening meshes of plain net
are made, whereas in the same time the ratchet wheel 10 of eighty-two
teeth only goes half round. The chopper lever S is detained whilst a row
of spots are making by a lever 25, which is poised on a fixed centre pin
projecting out from the wood frame; its upper end applies to catch the lower
end of the chopper lever S, and its lower end applies to the circumference of
a notched wheel 48, fixed on the extreme end of the back axis 42. When-
ever a row of spots is to be made the wheel 48 presents a prominence to the
lever 25, and places its upper end so that it will intercept the lower end of the
chopper lever S when the same is brought forwards by the front landing bar
acting behind its thumb piece; the chopper lever is thereby withheld from
retreating by action of its usual spring, and its driver Y cannot take hold
of any more teeth of the eight-toothed ratchet wheel during all the time of
making spots, but when that is over the wheel 48 presents a notch and allows
the lever 25 to be removed by a reacting spring out of the way of the chopper
lever S, leaving the same at liberty to act on the eight-toothed ratchet wheel
as usual, and move it one tooth every time that the landing bars are extended.
The point bars back and front operate alternately by turns in the usual manner
of Lever's machinery for taking up the crosses and twists to form meshes of uct
by the mode which is termed hugging the twist; but when the points operate
by turns for catching and gathering up the slackened bobbin threads in order
to forin spots, the back point bar must be moved endways half a space, so as
to place its points exactly beneath or above those of the front point bar, and
they must be retained in such manner all the time whilst spots are making.
For this purpose a small ratchet wheel 15 (see Sheets XVII., XVIII.,

page_text: and XX.,) of twelve teeth is fixed on a short horizontal axis, with a notched
wheel 16 by the side of it, and that axis is mounted in a small supporting
frame 14, affixed to the spindle bar G for the back point bar, and projecting
out backwards from that spindle bar. 17 is a driver which applies to the
teeth of the ratchet wheel 15; it is mounted upon a fixed centre pin borne
by the top bar W. When the back point bar is put down by pressing on the
left treadle in preparation for taking up, the ratchet wheel 15 is carried
upwards towards its driver 17, which, catching one of its twelve teeth, turns
it round together with the notched wheel 16. The notched wheel 16 applies
its circumference to the beak of a short pendulous lever 18, and by interven-
tion thereof the prominences of the wheel 16 act on one arm of an elbow
lever 19, which is mounted on an upright centre pin fixed to the spindle
bar G, and the other arm of the elbow lever 19 is connected with a strong
spring 21, which, when notches of the wheel 16 come round, pulls the said
arm of the lever 19 against a gage screw 26 on the top joint bar d of the
back point bar, so as to pull that bar towards the left hand as far as the stop
screw 53 of the left-hand top joint will permit, in which case the back points
will become interspaced to the front points in their proper and usual manner
for taking up in making plain net; but when the wheel 16 presents its
prominences to the beak of the lever 18, then the elbow lever 19 is removed
in spite of it's strong spring 21 from all action on the back points, in which
case a slighter spring 22 will bear the back points to the right as far as the
stop screw 54 of the right-hand top joint will permit, in which situation the
back points will be brought immediately beneath the front points. The
driver 17 is only allowed to act as aforesaid in the teeth of the ratchet.
wheel 15 at those times when the machine is about to change from
making plain not to making spots, or vice versa. At other times, either
when the plain net is actually making, or when spots are actually making,
the driver 17 is held up out of contact with the teeth of the wheel 15 by
the upper end of an upright lever 27, whereof the lower end is jointed to.
the horizontal arm of an elbow lever 28, and the other vertical arm of the.
elbow lever 28 applies to the circumference of a notched wheel 37 on
the back axis 42, and the clevations and depressions thereof cause the driver
17 to be held up out of action, or let down into action, as is required. The
points of one row being exactly above or beneath those of the other row
during the making of spots they cannot rise up one into the other to stop
at one common level for both rows, as is the most usual mode of taking up in
Lever's machines; but one row of points must always be stopped a littlc
above the other row in two levels, to cach of which levels each row must bo

page_text: raised up in its turn, the points which loop up last always stopping at the
lowest of the two levels until the other row which occupies (for the time) the
highest level is withdrawn, and the instant that they quit the net the other
row of points rises from the lowest to the highest level. This is a common
mode of stopping the point bars in other machines, and may be done by ineans
of prongs called horns fixed to each point bar at each end thereof to project
out from each bar towards the other bar, the prongs ranging evenly with the
rows of points to which they belong respectively, and the prongs of the opposite
bars overlapping each other they guard the points from touching each other.
Or a better mode of effecting the same object is represented in the Drawings
by applying a horizontal sliding bolt 30 in a socket fixed across the back
standard D in such a position that either of its ends being protruded out of the
socket will come in the way of pieces 29 fixed to each of the tail-pole levers
r, s, in order to form a temporary stop to the descent of those levers when the
points to which they belong have been raised up to the lowest of the two
levels first one point bar and then the other being stopped in that manner
first by one end and then by the other end of the bolt 30, which is moved
endways for that purpose so as to protrude one or other of its ends out of its
socket by the lower end of a lever 35, which is poised on a horizontal centre
pin fixed into the back standard D, and the upper end of a lever 35 divides
into two branches which are acted upon in turn by pieces 36 fixed to
each of the tail-pole levers. When the tail pole r or s of either row
of points is lifted up by pressure of the foot on its pedal, the piece 36 of
that tail pole acting laterally against its branch of the lever 35, moves
the bolt 30 endways so as to withdraw its end away from the other tail
pole beneath the piece 29 thereof which was resting on the said end of the
bolt, and thereby stopping its row of points at the lowest of the two levels; but
the instant that the said end is retracted within its socket it lets the tail pole
down until the same is stopped by its stop screw a, which will detain its points
at the highest of the two levels, and the same endway motion of the bolt 30,
which withdraws it from stopping one tail-pole level, protrude its other end out
of the socket in readiness for stopping the other tail-pole lever for that row of
points which is in the act of taking up when the said row has ascended to the
lowest of the two levels. The points being applied in this manner will require
to be withdrawn with a horizontal motion from the meshes of the net without
descending at all in withdrawing; the mode of doing this, in the most
improved kind of Lever machines, is by upright lifting links P, Q, Sheets
XVIII. and XX., at the back of the machine, which are jointed at their
lowest ends to the hinder ends of treadle levers e, e, which are both poised on

page_text: one fixed centre pin, and their foremost ends are connected by links to the two
treadles. The upper ends of the lifting links P, Q, are connected with the tail-
pole levers 7, 8, by joint pins fixed into those levers, and passing through
oblique slots in the upper ends of the lifting links P, Q. When either, of the
treadles is pressed down the corresponding link P or Q is lifted by connection
of the treadle lever, but no motion will be communicated to the tail-pole lever
to which it belongs until the link P or Q has risen upwards the full length,
the slot in its upper end, and after that it will act on the joint pin of the tail
pole to lift the same, and thereby put down the point bar. It is during the
said first lifting of the link P or Q, whilst no motion is communicated to the
tail-pole lever, that the points are withdrawn, the same being performed by
means of catches n, n, which are applied on centre pins fixed into each lifting
link P and Q in a suitable manner for intercepting. the hinder ends of two
levers and which are mounted on centre pins fixed to the back standard D,
and are connected with the point bars in order to withdraw the points from
the meshes of the net. The lever k, which is for withdrawing the front
points, is a straight lever, the foremost end being connected by an upright
link E with the backmost end of a long lever arm which projects out from
the top joint's bar d of the links by which the front point bar is suspended, and
reaches over the spindle bars F, G. The lever L for withdrawing the back
point bar is an elbow lever, and the lower end of its upright arm is connected
by a horizontal link w with the middle of the back point bar. Whenever either
of the tail-pole levers rors descends to rest on its ordinary stop screws, and
has thereby raised the points to which it belongs to the highest of the two
levels before mentioned, then the catch n will catch beneath the back end of
the corresponding lever k or L, and when in that situation, the treadle being
pressed to raise the lifting link P or Q, its catch n will lift up the end of the
lever or L so as to withdraw the points completely before the tail-pole lever
r or s begins to be moved upwards, and in consequence of the oblique direction
of the slot at the upper end of the link P or Q the same, together with its
catch n, will retreat so far backwards in rising as to cause the end of the
catch n to escape or slip backwards from beneath the hinder end of the lever
k or L by the time that the points are quite withdrawn, and before the tail-
pole lever 7 or s begins to be lifted. The ordinary caster-backs for the point
bars, which are nearly as usual in Lever machinery, act to keep the points from
returning into the net after they have been withdrawn by the aforesaid action,
and also to keep them withdrawn all the time they are descending, and until
they get quite down, and then the caster-backs allow the points to drop in and
make their insertion amongst the threads, leaving them so inserted all the time

page_text: they are rising up for taking up the meshes of the net, or for gathering up
bobbin threads to form spots. And note, at the conclusion of the operation
of making a row of spots, when the making of plain net is to be resumed, the
carriages are to be divided into two divisions by operating with the front points
in the mode usually practised, but in doing so these points are not to be with-
drawn, but they are to be put down whilst they continue in the threads. For
this purpose their catch n, at that particular time of taking up, is held back so
as to be prevented from catching the end of the lever / when the lifting link P
is raised by operating with the right-foot treadle, and therefore the front points
will not be withdrawn. For this purpose a long upright lever 51 is applied
with its upper end against the catch n of the lifting link P, its lower end being
moveable about a fixed centre pin, and the middle part of the lever is provided
with a tooth to apply to the circumference of a notched wheel 52 fixed on the
back axis 42, and when that presents a notch to the tooth of its lever 51, such
lever goes backward by action of a spring, and its upper end presses back the
catch n so that it will not intercept the end of the lever k when the lifting
link P is raised up, and therefore the front points will not be withdrawn, and
will produce no effect upon the threads when they go down and up again in
the operation of dividing the carriages at their particular time of dividing.
Note, the front points when they do so descend without being first withdrawn,
had taken up recently, and consequently occupied the lowest of the two levels,
being below the back points, for in fact the front points are actuated twice in
succession at the conclusion of making each row of spots, but at the second
time of that twice they do not take up anything, therefore there are only eight
effective times of taking up during the making of each row of spots, although
the points are actuated nine times for taking up, and nine teeth of the ratchet
wheel 39 are moved by their extra drivers 48, 44, as before mentioned. In
the ordinary course of working Lever's machinery the dividing of the carriages
into two divisions is performed by the same action of the treadles which causes
the points to take up, so that the action of dividing is inseparably connected
with that of taking up; but when spots are making the points must performi
their taking up without dividing the carriages, although when the making up
of plain net is resumed they must divide the carriages in taking up as usual.
This is effected by disjointing and rejointing the two pendulous links M, N,
which descend as usual from the two tail-pole-levers r and s to joint pins at
the ends of the lever arms K of the axis Z of the dividing lever O, and when
either of the point bars are brought into action the link M or N belonging to
that point bar pulls up the lever K in descending, and by the long arm ◇ lifts
the tail of the back pusher bar m, in order to bring forwards the back

page_text: pushers and effect the dividing of the carriages; but, when spots are making,
the lower ends of the two links M and N are brought forwards so much as to
disjoint them from their joint pins at the ends of the levers K by means of a
forked lever 59, which is mounted on a fixed centre pin at its lower end, and
the upper end turns backwards with two branches which receive the two pen-
dulous links M and N in a notch at the extremity of each branch, so that the
forked lever 59 will guide and command the links M, N, as to their jointing to
or disjointing from their lever arms K, the ends whereof are open notches into
which the links M, N, are inserted, with a joint pin across each notch, and the
links M, N, have hooked prominences adapted to catch those joint pins when
the links are put back by the action of the lever 59, in which case the dividing
of the carriages will result from the taking-up action of the points suitably for
making plain net as usual in Lever's machines; but when by aid the lever 59
the links M, N, are brought forwards, they will quit and miss the joint pins of
the levers K, so as to become disjointed therefrom in preparation for making
spots, and the taking-up motions of the points will not effect any dividing of the
carriages. The forked lever 59 has a long lever arm 58 affixed to it.and project-
ing backwards, with a tooth at the end to apply upon the circumference of a
notched wheel 57 on the back axis 42, which wheel, when it presents a promi-
nence to the tooth of the lever 58, moves the lever 59 forwards, so as to disjoint
the links M, N, from the lever arms K; or, when the wheel 57 presents a notch,
it allows the links to be jointed again. The back catch bar is connected with the
spindle bars F, G, of the two point bars, as usual in Lever's machines, by an up-
right link p connected with one end of a lever X, which is poised by its middle
on a fixed centre pin, and the other end is connected by two links with short
arms projecting out forwards from each of the spindle bars F, G; wherefore when
either of the point bars is put down for taking up the back catch bar will be
lifted up out of the back notches of the carriages in order that the division may
take place by action of the back pushers, and after that, as the same points go
up again, they let down the back catch bar into the notches of the back division
of divided carriages. This, which is the usual action, is performed whilst plain
net is making; but when spots are to be made the link p is loosened from the
end of the lever X by withdrawing an intermediate piece 64 which is inserted
across the end of the lever X beneath stop nuts which are screwed on the
upper end of the link p. That piece 64 is fixed on the foremost end of a hori-
zontal sliding rod 65, which is jointed at its backmost end to the upper end of
an upright lever 71, which is poised by its middle on a fixed centre pin, and the
lower end is connected by a link 60 with another upright lever 61, which is
also mounted on a fixed centre pin, and the lower end applies to the circumi-

page_text: ference of a notched wheel 63 on the back axis 42.
When the wheel 63
presents a prominence to the lever 61 it operates by the link 60, lever 71, and
rod 65, to draw back the piece 64, which then lets loose the link p, so that it
will not lift the back catch bar when the points descend; but when the wheel 63
presents a notch it puts back the piece 64, and restores the link p to its action
on the back catch bar. The back or dividing stop U, as usual; is poised by its
middle on a fixed centre pin, and the tail end applies with a tooth to a notched
wheel 56 on the back axis 42, which is substituted for the usual back ratchet
wheel and notched wheel, in order to let the stop U act to intercept the
prong of the back landing bar, and detain the same when the bars after
being closed are extended just so much as is suitable for the edges of the catch
bars to take into the notches of the divided carriages; and then as the points go
up after the division is effected, the back axis 42 and wheel 56 being turned
one tooth of the ratchet wheel 89, by action of one or other of the drivers 43
or 44, disengages the back dividing stop U from the prong z, in order to leave
the landing bars at liberty to be extended; wherefore the wheel 56 actuates the
stop U during the making of plain net in the same manner as is done in the
ordinary working of Lever's niachines; but when spots are making the wheel 56
holds the stop U out of action, and in lieu thereof another extra back stop 69,
which is mounted side by side on the same centre pin as the stop U, and is
actuated by another notched wheel 62 upon the back axis 42, is then caused
to catch for detaining the prong z of the back landing bar, when those bars-
are quite closed, in order to retain them so whilst the points act for taking up
the slackened bobbin threads in part of the formation of spots, without dividing
the carriages at such times of taking up; and as the points ascend for so
taking up, the motion which is then given to the back axis 42 and wheel 62
releases the stop 69, and when the making of spots is concluded the wheel 62
will no longer bring the extra back stop 69 into action, but the other wheel
56 will bring the usual dividing stop U again into its usual and proper
operation for making plain net. And whilst spot are making, the two catch
bars back and front require to be lifted and let fall in an uninterrupted alter-
nate succession, in order to pass and repass the carriages through between
the warp threads alternately backwards and forwards with an uninterrupted
swing or vibration, without any cessation or interruption for dividing, as is
the case when plain net is making. For this purpose extra catch-bar wheels
are provided in addition to the ordinary catch-bar wheels, which latter are put
out of action when spots are making and the additional ones are brought into
action. The said extra catch-bar wheels, with their ratchet wheels, are
mounted in small frames, which are fastened on the landing bars in the same.

page_text: mauner as the ordinary catch-bar wheels with their ratchet wheels are
mounted, except that the extra catch-bar wheels are applied at the opposite
end of each bar to that end where the ordinary catch-bar wheels are applied.
The ratchet wheels of the said, extra catch-bar wheels are turned round
(whilst spot are making) by extra drivers of their own, similar to the ordinary
drivers for the ratchet wheels of the ordinary catch-bar wheels. When a row
of spots is to be begun, the said ordinary drivers are lifted and held up out of
action on their respective ratchet wheels, and the extra drivers are let down
into action on the teeth of their respective ratchet wheels. These changes
are éffected by two notched wheels 66 and 68 fixed on the back axis 42, and
two other wheels 67 and 70, fixed on the upright axis 9. The notched
wheel 66 acts by medium of an elbow lever 72 upon the ordinary driver f
of the ordinary front catch-bar wheel, to lift up the same and keep it off its
ratchet wheel whenever the wheel 66 presents a prominence, and vice versa.
The wheel 70 on the axis 9 acts by a lever 76 to let down the extra driver 74
for the ratchet wheel of the front extra catch-bar wheel, which latter is
situated at the left-hand end of the front landing bar; a notch of the wheel 70
lets down the driver 74 into action, and, a prominence of the wheel 70 lifts
up the driver 74; therefore the notched wheel 66, with its lever 72 acting
on the ordinary driver f, and the notched wheel 70 with its lever 76 acting
on the extra driver 74, effect between them the requisite change for the
front catch bar; and for the back catch bar the notched wheel 67 on the
upright axis 9 acts by a lever 77 to lift up the ordinary driver H of the ordi-
nary back catch-bar wheel, so as to take it out of action and keep it so.
And the notched wheel 68 on the back axis 42 acts by an elbow lever 73 to
let down the extra driver 75 of the extra back catch-bar wheel, which is
situated at the right-hand end of the back landing bar, and to lift up that
extra driver out of action when required. The ordinary catch-bar wheels
are formed just as usual in Lever's machines (see Sheet XVII., but the extra
catch-bar wheels which are brought into use by the means above described
when spots are making are adapted to lift up and let down the catch bars
with uninterrupted alternate motion, in order to pass and repass the carriages
between the warp threads during the making of spots, without dividing the
carriages into two divisions, until the spots are finished. During the operation
of making a row of spots the winding-up motion of the lace roller must be
discontinued, which is done by a notched wheel 38 on the back axis 42
operating upon the lower end of a long lever 55, which is poised by its middle
on a fixed centre pin, and the upper end applies to the two ordinary clawkers
9, h, which are jointed to short arms of the spindle bars F and G. so as to

page_text: hold them off, when required, from acting on the winding-up ratchet wheel
of the lace roller. When the wheel 38 presents a prominence to its lever 55
the two clawkers g, h, will be permitted to act as usual for winding up the
lace whilst plain net is making, but when it presents a notch they will be
held off, so as to cease taking up whilst spots are making. Note, they are so
held off in order to discontinue winding up a little before the making of plain
net is finished, and they are brought again into action for resuming winding
up, in order to take up any slackness of the threads a little before the making
of plain net is resumed. The operation of the machine is in every respect
the same as that of an ordinary Lever's machine during the making of the
plain net, which operation is so well known as not to require any description,
and particularly as the several racking wheels are represented in the Drawings;
therefore, supposing the machine to have been working in its usual manner
until the time arrives for taking up with the back points and dividing the
carriages, the same is performed precisely in the usual manner by treading down
the left treadle. The change from making plain net to commencing a row
of spots is not yet begun, but by stating the movements of the machine from
this period the progress of making the change will be explained. The wheel
38 on the back axis 42 causes the disconnecting of the winding up of the
lace roller about this time, that disconnection being made previously to the
change for the reasons explained respecting the fluted roller machine.
Extend the bars when the carriages are divided, and thereby take the
front division into the front combs, and the back division into the back
combs; close the bars to restore all the carriages to one division; extend
the bars to take all the carriages into the back combs; close the bars
to bring the carriages to their central position; extend the bars to bring
all the carriages into the front combs. The racking made this time will
be tooth 3 of the usual eight-toothed ratchet wheel at the right-hand end of
the machine; it racks the main guides one to the right as usual, and now the
extra guide bars 3, 4, and 5, 6, which have hitherto accompanied the main
guide bar in all its racking motions, begin for the first time to have some
differences in racking by way of preparation for beginning to make spots
(videlicet), the two bars 3 and 4 which are to be operative in making the
approaching row of spots do not rack at all this time but stand still; also
when Number 3 is racked the ordinary driver f of the frout catch-bar wheel
s lifted up by action of its lever 72 and notched wheel 66 on the back axis 42,
ud at the same instant the extra front catch-bar wheel 78 is prepared for
action by the wheel 70 on the upright axis 9 and lever 76 letting down the
law driver 74. Likewise the link p for lifting the back catch-bar wheel is

page_text: disconnected from its lever X by action of the notched wheel 63 on the back
axis 42 with the lever 61, link 60, lever 70, and rod 65, with filling piece 64.
Close the bar to put the carriages down to their central position, the back
catch bar falls, and the front one is lifted. Note, the front catch bar is now
actuated by its extra catch-bar wheel 78 in lieu of its ordinary wheels, but at
this time the action of that extra wheel is just the same as that of the ordinary
catch-bar wheel would be. Extend the bars to take the carriages through
backwards, and rack Number 4, which racks the main guides with their two
extra guides 5 and 6 one space to the left, but the pair of extra guides 3
and 4 stand still; also at this time, by the notched wheel 48 and lever 25, the
chopper lever S is detained from moving to take any more teeth of the eight-
toothed ratchet wheel in order to disconnect the ordinary racking wheels whilst
spots are making; also the claws 75 is allowed to act on the back extra catch-
bar wheel by means of its notched wheel 68 on the back axis 42 and its elbow
lever 73. And at the same time the ordinary driver H of the ordinary back
catch-bar wheels is held up out of action by its notched wheel 67 on the
upright axis 9 by aid of the lever 77, by which means the back catch bar is
committed to the action of its extra catch-bar wheels suitably for making
spots, instead of its ordinary catch-bar wheels, which are suitable for making.
plain net. And at the same time the wheel 57 on the back axis 42, by its
lever 59, draws forwards and disconnects the pendulous links dividing M, N,
from the joint pin of their levers K, K, in order that the point bars may take
up for making the spots without dividing the carriages. The wheel 56 on the
back axis 42 lets loose the back dividing stop as usual. Close the bars to take
the carriages to their central position, the front catch bar falls, the back one
is lifted. The back stop U will detain the landing bars quite closed. Take
up with the front points and they will take up the last half meshes but one of
plain net which have been made in going up; the long driver 43 turns the
ratchet wheel 39 of the back axis one tooth, and that, by action of the wheel 56
on the back stop U, releases the same to liberate the landing bars. Note, the
details of the mode in which this taking-up action is performed as usual, and
it is fully explained herein-after in the description of another Lever's machine.
Extend the bars to bring the carriages through forwards, and rack Number 5
of the large racking wheel 10 at the left-hand end, the ordinary racking
wheels on the axis V remaining motionless whilst the rest of the spots is
making. This racking of Number 5 racks the extra guides on bar 3 two
spaces to the right, and bar 4 one space to the left, and also at this time the
notched wheel 37 on the back axis 42 allows the driver 17 of the ratchet wheel
15 to come into action in preparation for shogging the back point bar. Close

page_text: the bars to take the carriages down to the central position, the back catch
bar is let down, and the front one is lifted. Extend the bar to take the
carriages into the back, and rack tooth 6 of the large ratchet wheel, which racks
the extra guide bar 3 two spaces to the left, and the other 4 two to the right,
and the back stop 62 is set ready for catching by action of the wheel 62 on
the back axis 42. And now for the first time since the commencement of
this description the forks 1 are brought into action by the wheel 20 on the
back axis 42 acting on the lever arm 13 of their spindle bar 34, which
bringing the forks forwards they catch and detain pairs of adjacent bobbin
threads so as to slacken them. Close the bars, and the back stop 62 catches
them; take up with the back points in order to gather, and take up the
first laps of the slackened bobbin threads for the formation of the present
spots. In descending, the back points when they are out of the threads are
shogged to the left so much as to place their points beneath the front ones by
action of driver 17, ratchet wheel 15, and notched wheel 16. In going up the
back stop is released. Extend the bars to bring the carriages into the front,
and rack tooth 7, which racks the extra guides 3 two spaces to the right, and
the extra guides 4 two spaces to the left; close the bars and extend them again
to take the carriages through into the back, and there meeting the forks 1;
the same pairs of bobbin threads which were slackened before will be slackened
again, and tooth 8 is racked, which racks the front extra guides 3 two spaces
to the left, and the back extra guides 4 two spaces to the right. The driver
17 is lifted out of action by its 'notched wheel 37; close the bars and take up
with the front points to take up a second set of laps for the spots; extend the
bars to bring the carriages into the front and rack tooth 9, which racks the
extra guides 3 two spaces to the right, and the extra guides 4 two spaces to
the left; close the bars and extend them again to take the carriages into the
back and rack tooth 10, which racks the extra guides 3 two to the left, and the
extra guides 4 two spaces to the right; close the bars and take up with
the back points to gather a third set of laps; extend the bars to bring the
carriages into the front, and rack tooth Number 11, which racks the extra
guides 3 two spaces to the right, and the extra guides 4 two spaces to the
left; close the bars and extend them again to take the carriages into the back,
and rack tooth 12, which racks the extra guides 3 two spaces to the left, and
the extra guides 4 two spaces to the right; close the bars and take up with
the front points for a fourth set of laps. The further continuance of the
operation is an exact repetition of that which has been now gone through for
making four laps of the slackened bobbin threads, and which goes on until
eight such laps are completed, the last of which will be performed by the front

page_text: points, when they take up after tooth 20 is racked. The change for resuming
the making of plain net will begin about four teeth carlier by the wheel 38
re-engaging the clawkers g, h, of the winding-up ratchets for the lace roller,
which is put in action thus early in order to wind up any slackness which may
have been occasioned in the warp threads by the frequent passing and repassing
of the carriages between them during the making of the spots. When tooth 20
is racked the carriages are all in the back, the extra guides 3 are racked two
spaces to the left, and the extra guides 4 two spaces to the right; at that time
the change is made in nearly the same manner as the former change was
made when tooth 4 was racked, viz., the driver f of the ordinary front catch-
bar wheels is let down ready for action by the wheel 66, and the claw 75 of the
extra back catch-bar wheels is lifted up out of action by the wheel 68; then
close the bars to bring the carriages to the central position, and take up with
the front points without dividing the carriages for gathering up the eighth and
last laps of the spots; then extend the bars, and, owing to the change of their
catch bars, the carriages will be taken into the back a second time and rack
tooth 21, which racks guides 4 one space to the left in order to restore it to
its position for making plain net; and now the chopper lever S is set free for
action in future by the wheel 48 in the driver H of the ordinary back catch-
bar wheels is now let down ready for action by the wheel 67 and the claw 74,
for the front extra catch-bar wheel is taken up out of action by its wheel 70,
and the pendulous links M, N, are brought into action by the wheel 57, ready
for dividing the carriages as usual when the points take up in future. The
link p of the back catch bar is reconnected with its lever X by its wheel 65.
The ordinary dividing stop U is also let loose by its wheel 56, ready for action,
instead of the back stop 69, which is kept out of action by its wheel 62. Also
when tooth 21 is racked the wheel 52 restrains the withdrawing tackle of the
front point bar from acting to withdraw those points at their next, time for
taking up; but then they will descend without taking up anything. The
machinery is now prepared for making plain net by its usual course of opera-
tion, except that at the first time of, taking up with the front points after the
making of plain net is resumed they must, go down between the threads
without being withdrawn, and will take up nothing, but this is in order to
regain their proper places; and at the first time for taking up with the back
points, when they are withdrawn from the threads and going down, they are
racked one space to the right to interspace them to the front points by action
of their notched wheel 16, the driver 17 for their ratchet wheel 15 having been
previously brought into action by the wheel 37. Now close the bars to bring
the carriages to their central position, and take up with the front points, the

page_text: carriages will be divided in so doing, although the points take up nothing; but
in going up again the back axis 42 is racked as usual, and the wheel 20
allows the forks to withdraw out of reach of the threads. The machine is now
completely prepared for making plain net in the usual manner, and is worked
until three rows of complete meshes of net are made, and then another row of
spots is commenced, which is made by an exact repetition of the operation
already described, except that the extra guide bars 5, 6, are operative in place
of the bars 3, 4, and the fork bar 2 having been traversed to bring its forks
opposite to the extra guides 5, 6, the spots made at succeeding times will be
arranged according to a chequered pattern.
Fourthly, respecting pusher machinery for making spotted net by slackening
particular bobbin threads.
Another further part of my said improvements in machinery for making
figured or ornamental bobbin net lace is for forming spots therein, as afore-,
said, by gathering up and accumulating portions of particular bobbin threads,,
whereof meshes of bobbin net lace are in progress of formation, by the usual;
process of intertwisting and combining bobbin threads and warp threads by.
operation of that kind of machinery which is commonly called pusher.
machinery, the texture of such spots being somewhat similar to those made
by, the two applications herein-before described of forks for slackening the
particular bobbin threads which are to be gathered up by extra motions of the
point bars in fluted roller machinery, and in Lever's hand machinery; but the.
additional machinery which is requisite (as now about to be described) for
making a like application to pusher machinery for the purpose of forming.
spots in the bobbin net lace made thereby is very different from the former
additional machinery. The bobbin net lace made by pusher machinery, and.
ornamented with spots according to this part of my improvements, may be;
either a wide piece of such net, or narrow breadths, as before remarked
respecting the Lever's machinery. The additional machinery which is applied
to the pusher machinery is brought into operation occasionally for forming
spots in the net, the ordinary process of making the net being suspended
whilst the spots are forming, and then resumed after each transverse row of
spots is finished, the same as herein-before explained. Sheets XXII. to
XXVII. of the Drawings hereunto annexed contain representation of a pusher
machine with this part of my improvements applied thereto. The names of.
the principal parts are written on the Drawings. The alterations which are made
in the ordinary pusher machinery to adapt it for operating according to this
part of my improvements are in several respects the same as herein-before
described respecting the pusher machinery represented in Sheets I. to VIII. for

page_text: making of clothwork ornamented bobbin net; wherefore the letters and numeral
characters of reference, and tints of coloring thereon, used for denoting and dis-
tinguishing the various parts, are also used for denoting and distinguishing the
same parts in Sheets XXII. to XXVII. now describing, and hence it is not
necessary to repeat any of the former description relative to the substitution of a
driving camm 50 and counter camm 51 in lieu of the ordinary revolving crank
of pusher machinery, in order to give the requisite swinging motion to the two
pusher bars G, H, nor of the application of a long horizontal axis U beneath the
machinery for actuating the point bars in lieu of the parts called shoes in
ordinary pusher machinery, nor of the application of a double thread worm 5 to
turn a large face worm or snail wheel 37 on the cross axis 56 of the large fancy
racking wheels, excepting that it is necessary to state the proportions of the
wheelwork, viz, the toothed wheel S on the axis of the turning bandles and
driving camms 50, 51, is of the same size and number of teeth as the wheel T
on the end of the axis U, and therefore that axis is turned round at the same rate
as the handles and driving camms 50, 51, or seven times for making one row of
complete meshes of net; but the point bars F, E, which derive their action
from that axis, are only actuated by it from time to time when required.
The two pairs of camms m, V, and p, W, which are applied on the axis U for
actuating the two point bars (see Sheets XXIV. and XXVI.) are adapted to
be slided so much endways along their axis U as will remove them laterally
out of the way of the trucks of the several levers l, n, and q, r, by which their
action is to be transmitted to the point bars F, E, and the pair of camms
m, V, or p, W, belonging to each point bar is slided along the axis U so as to
bring them into action at every time that the said point bar is required to
operate for taking down in its turn, and its said pair of camms are slided back
again out of the way immediately after they have acted. Each of the said
camms on the axis U is made double, that is, consisting of two disks or camm
wheels side by side, one of which disks is adapted for actuating the point bar
to which it belongs in a suitable manner for taking down crosses and twists in
making plain net, but the other disk is adapted for actuating the same point
bar in a suitable manner for gathering down the slackened bobbin threads so
as to form spots whilst the plain net is making. The said pairs of camms are
slided in one direction along the axis U every time they are required to
operate, and thereby the proper disks for making plain net are brought into
action for taking down, and then removed out of the way immediately after-
wards; but whenever the same pair of camms are to operate during the
making of spots they are slided in a contrary direction along the axis U, and
thereby the other disks, which are adapted for making spots, will be brought into

page_text: action, and then removed out of the way. The said sliding of each of the said
pairs of double camms along the axis U, in order to bring one or other of its
disks into action, and then removing the same out of action, is performed in
due time and direction by suitable notched wheels 52 and 82 on the axis of the
racking wheels. The large-face camm wheel 37 on the end of the axis 56 of
the racking wheels at the left-hand end of the machine has eighty-eight teeth,
and the double worm 5 two spiral obliquities at opposite parts of its cir-
cumference, which turn the wheel 37 one tooth at a time at the proper
moment for racking in pusher machinery. The small racking wheels of the
pusher machinery, which are usually situated at the right-hand end of the
machine, are removed, and an entire new set of large racking wheels are
substitu td; the latter are turned round by another double thread worm 58
on the end of the long axis of the double turning handles, and of the
driving camms 50, 51, acting in the teeth of another large-face cog wheel
57, of eighty-eight teeth, fixed on the front end of an axis 66, on which
the said large racking wheels are fixed. The worm 58 and wheel 57 are
duplicates of the worn 5 and wheel 87, and they operate simultaneously
to move the two setts of racking wheels at the opposite. ends of the machine.
Those racking wheels are turned once round whilst the machinery is making,
together with as much length of plain net as belongs to them, two succeeding
rows of spots. The machine represented in the Drawings is adapted to make
two rows of complete meshes of net intervening between the succeeding rows
of spots. The racking wheels are turned fourteen teeth, as usual in pusher
machinery, for making each complete row of meshes of plain net, and then
sixteen teeth for making each row of spots. Therefore, for the two rows of
complete meshes of net which intervene between the rows of spots, twenty-
eight teeth are turned, then sixteen more for making a row of spots, and then
twenty-eight more for two other intervening rows of meshes, and again sixteen
more for another row of spots, makes up the number of eighty-eight teeth,
which completes one revolution of the racking wheels. The steps upon the
several racking wheels for the two main guide bars t, t, two comb bars, and
two pusher bars G and H, succeed each other in the same order as usual in
ordinary pusher machinery for fourteen teeth, after which the same series of
steps is repeated exactly during fourteen teeth more, which two repetitions
being gone through by moving twenty-eight teeth will have produced the
same effect on the bars as the usual racking wheels of pusher machinery
would do by turning twice round. Then, whilst sixteen succeeding teeth are
turned for making spots, the racking wheels leave the above-mentioned six
bars without any racking motions, and after that two other repetitions of the

page_text: aforesaid series of fourteen steps occur again for making two more intervening
rows of meshes of net, and then a repetition of the pause in the ordinary rack-
ing motions for making spots again. The steps around all the several racking
wheels are described by Diagrams in Sheets XXV. and XXVII., and the
writing thereon will explain them sufficiently. All the several guide bars
and extra guide bars are racked by racking wheels on the axis 56 at the left:
hand end of the machine, with reacting springs to each bar; and the comb
bars, pusher bars, and extra pusher bars are racked by racking wheels on
the axis 66 at the right-hand end of the machine, with reacting springs to
each bar. The two main guide bars t, t, and five extra guide bars 3, 4, 5, 6,
and 9, are supported by fixed bars 1, 1, as before explained respecting
Sheet I. The main guides on the bars t, t, have guides cut out in each row
opposite to every place where a spot is to be made in the width of the net,
and those vacancies are supplied by extra guides on the extra guide bars 3, 4,
and 5, 6, which, together with the main guides on the bars t, t, hold all the
warp threads in regular unbroken order so long as the plain net is making,
and then the extra guide bars are racked with exactly the same racking motions
as the main guide bars to which they belong respectively, in order to produce
the same effect as if all the warp threads were guided by the two rows of
main guides only; but spots are making, the two main guide bars t, t, are
left motionless, and suitable racking motions are given to one pair of extra
guide bars 3, 4, (but to those only) at that time for making one row of spots
across the width of the net, and to the other pair of extra guide bars 5, 6,
but to those only, at that time for making a succeeding row of spots, all which
is the same as before described respecting the fluted roller machine, Sheet IX.,
and the Lever's machine, Sheet XVII. Another extra guide bar 9 is required
in front in this pushing machine for guiding certain of the warp threads which
are not concerned in making spots, but which are adjacent thereto and require
to be occasionally moved aside during that operation, in order to take them
out of the way of certain of those carriages which are to be operative in
making spots, in order that two adjacent carriages may be passed and repassed
together side by side between the warp threads. This extra guide bar 9
comes into action as aforesaid when the extra guide bars 5, 6, are operative,
and then only. The action of making spots in this pusher machine differs
from that of the fluted roller machine and Lever's machine herein-before de-
scribed in respect to the passing and repassing of the carriages between the
warp threads whilst spots are making, because it is only those particular
bobbin carriages, whereof the bobbin 'threads are to be slackened and caught
by the points for forming the spots, which are so passed and repassed, all the

page_text: other carriages (which are as usual divided into two divisions) being left
motionless, one division of them in the front combs, and the other division in
the back combs. The main pushers on the bars G and H moving in the
vacant intervals between the divided carriages which are so left motionless do
not interfere with those carriages; but those other particular carriages which
are to be operative in making spots are moved backwards and forwards by
themselves by means of extra pushers which are fixed on a pair of extra
pusher bars 10 and 12, or else another pair 11 and 13, those extra pushers
being at the time placed exactly over such spaces between the main pusbers
as are opposite to the said particular carriages which require to be passed
and repassed by themselves between the warp thread to furnish threads
for making the spots. One pair of the extra pusher bars 10, 12, is thus
rendered operative in conjunction with the pair of extra guide bars 3, 4,
for making one row of spots, and then at the next succeeding row of spots
which is to be made the other pair of pusher bars 11, 13, are rendered
operative in conjunction with the other pair of extra guide bars 5, 6. Note,
in making spots two adjacent carriages (belonging to two different divisions)
must be passed and repassed between the warp threads, side by side, at
every place where spots are in progress of formation. This passing of two
adjacent carriages at once is not consistent with the usual action of pusher
machinery, and therefore another extra pusher bar 14 is required at the back
in order to bring extra pushers into action for that purpose, at these times
when spots are making, by concurrent action of the extra pair of guide bars
5, 6, and extra pair of pusher bars 11, 13, as will be explained in describing
the operation of the machinery; and the extra guide bar 9 is active at the
same time, in order to open sufficient spaces in the warp threads to permit of
two adjacent carriages passing together side. by side. And note, in case the
spotted net which is to be made by this pusher machine is required to be in
breadths, the machine must be provided with all the same extra pusher bars
and selvedge guide bars as are commonly applied to pusher machinery for
making net in breadths, which said bars will be in addition to those represented
in the Drawings, because, to avoid confusion by many bars, the machine, as there
represented, is only prepared for making. a wide piece of spotted net. The
said additional extra bars which must be added for making breadths will not
interfere in any way with the operation of making spots by. my improvements.
A row of forks for slackening those bobbin threads which are to form spots is
applied on a slender bar 2, see Sheet XXII., at the back of the machine,
within the hollow of the back comb bar, its forks, which are shaped like the
tail of a fish, reaching out beneath the back combs into a suitable position for

page_text: arresting and slackening two adjacent bobbin threads belonging to those
particular carriages which are passed and repassed in pairs of adjacent
carriages, as before mentioned, in order to operate during the making of spots.
The fork bar 2 is mounted and applied in a very similar manner to that
already described in the Lever machine, Sheets XVII., XVIII., and XX.,
being jointed by arms 31, Sheets XXII., XXIII., and XXVI., to the upper
ends of spindle bar arms 33, standing upwards from their horizontal spindle
bar 34, which is supported in fixed bearing brackets at each end, with middle
bearings if necessary. The spindle bar 34 is moved, when required, in order
to advance the forks into their operating position by action of notched wheel
19 on the cross axis 56, that action being transmitted by means of a lever
arm 13, Sheets XXIV. and XXVI., which rises upwards from the spindle
bar 34, and to the upper end a horizontal link 22' is jointed to connect it with
the end of one arm of an elbow lever 17, which is moveable about an upright
fixed centre pin, and the end of the other arm is actuated by the lower end of
a pendulous lever 47, which is suspended on a fixed centre pin at its upper
end, and its middle part has a tooth to apply to the circumference of the
notched wheel 19. When a prominence of that circumference comes into
action it will advance the fork bar into its operating position by the intervention
of the elbow lever 17, link 22, and lever arm 18, and when a deficiency of the
wheel 19 comes round it will allow the fork bar to retreat by force of its
reacting spring 54. The fork bar 2 is sustained at a suitable height for
presenting its fork in a proper manner in the bobbin threads, which they are
to catch and slacken, as is shewn in Sheet XXII., by means of trucks 85,
which are fitted upon pins fixed into the arms 31, and running upon fixed
bearing bridges 53 (see also Sheet XXIII.), which is the same manner
as before explained respecting the fluted roller machinery, Sheets IX.,
X., and XIII., and respecting the Lever's machinery, Sheets XVII. and
XX. The front bar 2 is traversed endways in order to place its forks
opposite to those places in the width of the net where spots are to be made at
succeeding times; viz, by the pair 3, 4, of extra guide bars conjointly with
the pair 10, 12, of extra pusher bars at one time, and by the pair 5, 6, of
extra guide bars conjointly with the pair 11, 13, of extra pusher bar, at the
next time, suitably for disposing the spots in the net according to chequered
pattern, as before explained respecting the fluted roller machine and Lever's
machine. This traversing is performed by a large notched wheel 39 on the
axis 56 operating by a pendulous lever 46 and a horizontal sliding bolt 70,
upon a gage screw at the end of the spindle bar 34, which is also provided
with a strong reacting traversing spring 72. The point bars, back and front

page_text: 9
are mounted in the crank-bar arms of spindle bars in the usual manner of
pusher machinery, but are withdrawn from amongst the threads by lever arms
n and q fixed on the spindle bars of the crank-bar arms, by which each point
bar is supported with trucks, at the ends of those lever arms, applying to the
withdrawing camms m and p on the axis U. And the point bars are lifted
up and let down in order to take down the meshes by means of upright
lifting links s and u ascending from lifting levers 1, r, which have trucks to
run upon the circumferences of the taking-down camms V, W, on the axis U,
all which is the same arrangement as before described respecting the former.
pusher machine, Sheets II. and III.; but in the present machine the
axis U, with all the four camms m, V, and p, W, make seven revolutions
for every row of complete meshes of net that is made, and as the points
are not required to take down so frequently the pair of camms belonging
to each point bar are only brought into action when that point bar is
required to take down, and are then taken out of action again by sliding
the camms along their axis U, as before mentioned, and each camm has
two disks as before stated, one for operating in making plain net, and the
other for operating in making spots. 43, Sheet XXVI., is the disk, corre-
sponding to the disk m for withdrawing the front points, and 44 is the disk
corresponding to the disk V for taking down by the same points. Each pair.
of the disks m, 43, and V, 44, are firmly united together by two cylindrical
pins passing through holes in a circular plate h, which is fixed fast upon
the axis U, and by that means each pair of united disks m, 48, or V, 44, is
caused to turn round with the axis U, but is allowed to slide freely enways
along the axis; and for communicating such sliding motion a deep circular
grove is formed around the central boss of each of the disks 43, 44, to admit a
projecting stud at the end of a horizontal lever 45, 45, which levers are
mounted upon fixed upright center, pins at their foremost ends, and the two
levers 45, 45, are connected by a horizontal link 48, so that both will move
together in order that both the double camms m, 43, and V, 44, may be slided
along the axis U simultaneously, that sliding being performed by action of a
notched wheel 82 on the axis 56 of the racking wheels, and which acts on
a tooth at the end of the horizontal arm of elbow lever 81, which is mounted.
on a horizontal fixed centre pin, and the lower end of the upright arm acts by
intervention of a horizontal sliding bolt 55 against one of the levers 45 to push
it sideways, and slide both camms along the axis U towards the right hand,
in order thereby to bring the disks 43, 44, into action suitably for taking
down in making spots when prominences of the wheel 82 operate on the tooth
of the elbow lever 81, but as soon as those prominences pass away the camms

page_text: are slided back along the axis U towards the left hand by action of a reacting
spring 86, so as to remove them out of.action. And when notches of the
wheel 82 come into action they allow the spring 86 to slide the camms so much
further along the axis U towards the left hand as to bring the other disks
mand V into action, suitably for taking down in making plain net, and then, as
soon as the said notches pass away, the camms are slided back again along the
axis U so far towards the right hand as will remove them out of action. The
other pair of double-disked.camms p, 63, and W, 64, for the back point bar,
are actuated in their turn in a similar manner by another notched wheel 62 on
the axis 66, at the right-hand end of the. machine, by the intervention of an
elbow lever 61, with a sliding, bolt 65, and two levers 69, connected by a
link 68, and furnished with a reacting spring 67; but it is the prominences
of the notched wheel 62 which slide the camms p, 63, and W, 64, along the
axis U towards the left hand in order to bring their disks p and W into action
in readiness for actuating the back points suitably for making plain net; and it
is the notches in the wheel 62 which allow the reacting spring:67 to slide the
said camms towards the right hand in order to bring their disks 63 and 64 into
operation for actuating the back points suitably for making spots. Note, the
said sliding motions of the several double-disked camms are performed when
the point bars are in their resting positions, and the camms being at corre-
sponding periods of their revolution with those resting positions there will be
no pressure on the circumferences of the said disks, but the same will
Le brought beneath, the trucks of the, levers on which they are to operate
respectively previous to coming into operation thereon; and in like manner
the camms are not slided away for removing their disks out of action until
after they have turned round so far as to restore the point bars respectively to
their resting positions so as no longer to cause any pressure on the circum-
ferences of the disks. And note, when spots are making, the point bars
(whether back and front) are inserted amongst the threads in order to catch
up the slackened bobbin threads whilst the bobbin carriages from which those
threads are supplied are pushed backwards out of the front combs, and are
entering into the back combs, and the points take quite down before the carriages
get quite back into the back combs, because it is when then they do so get
quite back that the slackening is performed by forks on the bar 2, as shewn
in Sheet XXII.; whereas, during the making of plain net, the operation of
the two rows of points is as usual in other pusher machines, viz, the back
points take down the crossings and twists whilst the carriages are pushed back-
wards, but at the next time for taking down, the front points take down whilst
the carriages are pushed forwards, so that in either case the points micet the

page_text: bobbin threads when they penetrate between the same. To attain the said
mode of action by the two rows of points whilst making spots, and whilst
making plain net, the usual time of action for taking down by the front points,
in respect to the swinging motion of the pusher bars and of the bobbin
carriages, must be changed when spots are to be made, but the back points will
take down for making spots at their usual time. This change in the time of
action by the front points results from the disposition of their taking-down
disk 44, in respect to its fellow disk V, as is represented in Sheet XXVI.,
which shews that the most prominent part of one of those disks is on the
same side of the axis U as the least part of the other fellow disk, and the
same may be said concerning their withdrawing disk 43 in respect to its
fellow disk m. But the same Drawings also shews that the two fellow disks
64 and W for taking down with the back points have their greatest and least.
prominences on the same side of the axis U, and so of the withdrawing:
disk 63 in respect to its fellow disk p. The extent of motion given to
the points, whether back or front, for gathering down in making spots, is
less than for making plain net; in the latter case they operate with the
same motion as usual in ordinary pusher machinery, but for making
spots, the points are not raised up so bigh as usual when they make
their insertion amongst the threads. The motion of the points when they
penetrate, and as they descend again after having penetrated, is regulated
by a fixed shape 71, Sheet XXII., with a truck on the end of each point
bar F and E, to apply to the curved edges of that shape, and roll down the
same; and the curvature of the several withdrawing camms m 43 or p 63, are
adapted to allow the point bars to apply to the said curved edges 71 as soon
as the points have been lifted to their highest ascent, by their taking-down
camms V 44 or W 64, and the withdrawing camms exert no influence on the
point bars F, E, when they are descending. When spots are to be made the
front point bar F must be racked half a space towards the right, in order to
place its pointed pins exactly under (or over) those of the back point bar E, and
they must be retained in that relation all the time while spots are making, in
the same manner as already explained respecting the fluted roller machinery
and Lever's machinery. This regulation of the front point bar F is made by
a notched wheel 40 on the axis 56, which acts against a tooth on a pendulous
lever 41, whereof the lower end acts at one end of a sliding bolt 42,
Sheet XXIV., which has an additional conducting plate at the other end of
it to guide the front point bar F by the end of a gage screw 49, Sheet XXIV.
at the left-hand end view of the said bar, applying to the upright face of that
additional conducting plate. Whilst plain net is making the front point bar

page_text: F is racked so much as is requisite in the act of taking down, for causing its
points to make their insertion properly amongst the threads in the usual
manner of pusher machinery, by means of a fixed conducting plate z at its
right-hand end, which plate is fastened to the fixed shape 71 before mentioned,
in order to conduct a gage screw x, which is borne by a prong projecting out
endways from the right-hand end of the front point bar F, which bar is urged
towards the left hand by action of a suitable spring, so as to cause the gage
screw to apply to the upright face of the fixed conducting plate z, all which
is as usual in pusher machinery. The other additional conducting plate, at
the end of the sliding bolt 42, has no operation whilst plain net is making,
because its notched wheel 40 presents a deficiency, and allows it to retire; but
when the making of spots is commenced the wheel 40 will present a pro-
minence to the tooth of its pendulous lever 41 as soon as ever the front points
are withdrawn from amongst the threads, and have begun to go down in pre-
paration for gathering up bobbin threads to begin the formation of spots, and
that prominence then causes the bolt 42 to be moved endways so much to
the right as to take the additional conducting plate at the end of the bolt 42
into contact with the gage screw 49, at the left-hand end of the front point
bar F, and bear the same half a space to the right, and thereby place its
points exactly under those of the back point bar E; the gage screw x, at
the right-hand end of the front point bar F, being thereby removed from its
usual contact with its fixed conducting plate . The point bars E, F, have
overlapping horns applied at each end of each bar, as shewn in Sheet XXII.,
for protecting the points of one row from striking those of the other row. The
winding-up motion of the lace roller is derived from action of a notched
wheel 38 operating upon a tooth at the end of a lever J, which is poised by
its middle upon a fixed centre pin; and to the other end the usual claw is
jointed for acting in the teeth of the ratchet wheel of the worm, by which
the toothed wheel of the late roller is turned round. The notched wheel 38
presents a continual succession of prominences whilst plain net is making, in
order to turn the ratchet wheel regularly round, and wind up the lace as fast
as it is made in the usual manner of pusher machinery; but when spots are
making the wheel 38 presents a plain part of its circumference to the tooth
of the lever J, and produces no farther winding up until the making of plain
net is about to be resumed, when the wheel 38 will bring round another series
of prominences. The construction of this machine being now explained, the
operation whereby spots are made is as follows:-The mode of action for
making meshes of plain net is the same as usual in ordinary pusher machines,
and which has been fully explained at the commencement of this Specification

page_text: in respect to the pusher machine represented in Sheets I. to VIII.; and it
may be assumed that the racking wheels on the axis 56 and 66 bave gone.
twice over their series of fourteen motions in the usual manner of pusher
machinery, so as to have completed the making of the two rows of complete
meshes of net which are intended to intervene between one row of spots and
the next; and when the second time for racking No. 14 (of the previous
description) has arrived, the change from making plain net to making spots
is then to be made. This Number 14 of the previous machine answers to
No. 88 of the large racking wheels, Sheet XXIV., XXV., and XXVII.,.
being, in fact, the zeros of their respective series; and then all the guide bars
and extra guide bars, having racked their usual course of two spaces to the
right, and the front combs and pushers one space to the right, as usual, the
change actually begins at this zero by the back extra pusher bar 12 being
racked two spaces (of one tenth of an inch each) to the right, and opens one
vacancy in the main back pusher at every place where a spot is to be made in
the width of the net; also the camms for the back points which were previously
out of action are slided along their axis U towards the left, in order to bring
their disks p, W, into action by taking down for the last time in making
plain net. The carriages L are brought through forwards, leaving the
carriages R behind in the back combs; but owing to the vacancies recently
opened in the back pushers those carriages L which are to furnish thrend for
making spots are left behind amongst the carriages R. The back points
are drawn out of their threads, and are raised up and penetrate the back bobbin
threads (but not the warp threads), and No. 1 racks the front guides two to
the left, and the front combs one to the right, with all the carriages L, except
the spotting carriages, which remain behind and racks the front pushers one
to the right. Note, by thus racking the carriages become placed in the
positions in which they will continue motionless all the remainder of the time
of making spots, the carriages L being in the front combs, and carriages R in
the back combs, and only those carriages which are to be concerned in
making the spots will be passed and repassed in pairs between the warp
threads without any other carriages moving. The row of forks 2 are
advanced into their operative position (see Sheet XXII.), and they arrest the
bobbin threads of the pairs of adjacent spotting carriages, viz, those carriages
L which were left behind last time, and also those carriages R which are
adjacent thereto at the right-hand side of each, and the pairs of threads
so arrested are bended so as to pull off from each bobbin as much thread as is
ntended to be taken down by the front points when they come into operation
next time, and immediately after racking No. 1 the back points penetrates

page_text: the warp threads. And note, from this time forwards the notched wheel 38
ceases to wind up the lace roller. The pusher bars are swung backwards this
time without passing any carriages, owing to the previous racking of the front
pushers and front combs, and the back points go quite down, carrying down
the recently made crossings of bobbin threads, thus putting a finish to the
making of plain net for the present; and No. 2 racks the front guides three
to the right, and the back extra guides on bar 4 two to the left, the back
pushers one to the left, and the back extra pushers on bar 12 two to the left,
whereby the latter are brought over the vacancies in the back pushers, so as
to fill up those vacancies in preparation for passing the spotting carriages iu
pairs side by side; and the front extra guides on bar 5 are racked one to the
right, in order to bend aside those front warp threads which are on the right-
hand side of each vacancy in the main guides, and open sufficient spaces
to permit the spotting carriages R to pass side by side abreast of their fellow
spotting carriages L in pairs. And note, these vacancies will continue open
all the time of making spots, and racks the back extra guide bar 4 two to the
left; also at the racking of No. 2, the camms for the back points are slided
towards the right so much as to put them out of action, and the camms 43
and 44 for the front points are slided towards the right so as to become ready
for action. The pairs of spotting carriages L and R are brought through
forwards side by side in adjacent spaces. And note, owing to the recent
racking of the extra guides on bar 5 there are no warp threads left standing
in the way of the pairs of spotting carriages. The front points draw out, and
when they get out the extra conducting plate at the end of the sliding bolt 42
is advanced against the gage screw 49 of the front point bar, so as to place
the front points exactly over the back points, and then the front points go up,
and No. 3 racks the front guides three to the left, and the back extra guides
on bar 4 three to the right, and the front extra pusher bar 10 one to the left,
in order to bring its extra pushers close to those front pushers which are ou
the left-hand side of the vacancies, thereby bringing the front pushers, with
their extra pushers, into exact correspondence with the back ones, and
opposite to the pairs of spotting carriages L and R in a suitable manner for
passing and repassing those carriages by themselves during all the rest of the
time of making spots. The pairs of spotting carriages L and R are put
through backwards, and the bobbin threads of the spotting carriages are
again caught by the forks 2 to be slackened a second time. The front points
which penetrated the threads immediately after - No. 3 was racked go down
taking before them the lappings which the slackened bobbin threads have made
around their corresponding warp threads in the extra guides 3 and 4, and ge

page_text: quite down by the time No. 4 racks the front guides three to the right, the
back extra guides on bar 4 three to the left. The camms for the front point
are slided out of action, and the disks 63 and 64 for the back points are slided
into a position for acting. The pair of spotting carriages L and R are
brought through forwards, and the back points draw out and go up, and No. 5
racks the front guides three to the left, and the back extra guides on bar .4
three to the right. The carriages L and R are put through backwards, and
their bobbin threads are slackened for a third time, and the back points which
penetrated the warp threads immediately after the racking of No. 5 go down,
and get down just before No. 6 racks the front guides three to the right, and
the back extra guides on bar 4 three to the left. The pair of spotting
carriages L and R are brought through forwards with their slackened.threads,
and the front points draw out and go up, and No. 7 racks the front guides three
to the left, the back extra guides on bar 4 three to the right. The pairs of spotting
carriages L and R are put through backwards, and their bobbin threads.aro
slackened for the fourth time, and the front points which penetrate the warp
threads immediately after the racking of No. 7 go down, and get quite down.a
little before No. 8 racks the front guides three to the right, and the back extra
guides on bar 4 three to the left; also the camms for the front points are
slided quite out • action, and the disks 63 and 64 are slided into a
position ready for action. The pairs of spotting carriages L and R are
brought through forwards, the back points draw out and go up, and No.-9
racks the front guides three to the left, and the back extra guides on bar 4
three to the right. The spotting carriages are put through backwards, and
their threads are slackened a fifth time; the back points penetrate and go
down and get down before the racking of No. 10, which racks the front guides
three to the right, and the back extra guides on bar 4 three to the left. The
camms for the back points are slided out of action, and the disks 43, 44, for the
front points brought into action. The spotting carriages are brought through
forwards, the front points draw out and go up, and No. 11 is racked the front
guides three to the left, the back extra guides on bar 4 three to the right.
The spotting carriages are put through backwards, and their bobbin threads are
slackened for a sixth time; the front points which penetrated the warp threads
immediately after tooth 11 was racked go down, and get down by the time
No. 12 racks the front guides three to the right, and the back extra guides on
bar 4 three to the left. The camms for the front points are slided out of action,
and the disks 63 and 64 for the back points brought into action. The
spotting carriages are brought through forwards, the back points draw out and

page_text: go up, and No. 13 racks the front guides three to the left, and the back extra
guides on bar 4 three to the right. The spotting carriages are put through
backwards, and their bobbin threads are slackened for the seventh time, and
the back points, which penetrated immediately after the racking of No. 13,
get quite down before No. 14 racks the front guide three to the right, and
the back extra guides on bar 4 three to the left. The camms for the back
points are slided out of action, and the disks 43 and 44 for the front points are
slided into action. The spotting carriages are brought through forwards, the
front points draw out and go up, and No. 15 racks the front guides three to
the left, and the back extra guides on bar 4 three to the right. The spotting
carriages are put through backwards, but their threads will not be slackened
this time. The front points which penetrate immediately after the racking of
No. 15 go down, and get down by the time No. 16 racks the back extra
guides on bar 4 one to the left, the back pushers one to the right, and to the
back extra pushers on bar 12 two to the right, and the front extra guide
bar 5 one to the left. The camms for the front points are slided out of
action, and the camms p, W, for the back points are slided to bring thein
into action. The fork bar 2 is allowed by its notched wheel 19 to retreat out.
of the reach the spotting bobbin threads so as not to slacken them this time.
The back points draw out and go up, the pusher bars swing forwards without
bringing any carriages through this time, and No. 17 racks the front com
bar one to the left, the extra front pusher bar 10 one space to the right.
The carriages L are put through backwards in an entire division as the
first action of resuming the making of plain net. The back points which
penetrated immediately after the racking of No. 17 get quite down before
No. 18 racks, which racks the back extra pushers on bar 12 one to the left,
and the back pushers one to the right, and the back extra pushers on bar
13 and 14 accompanying the pack pushers; the front and back guides are
racked one to the right, and all the extra guide accompany them. The
notched wheel 38 recommences actuating the clawker for winding up the lace
roller. All the parts are now in suitable positions for continuing the making
of plain net by the usual course of operation in ordinary pusher machinery,
until the time. arrives for beginning a succeeding row of spots by the agency
of the other pair of extra guide bars 5, 6. But note, when No. 24 is racked,
then the additional conducting plate at the end of the bolt 42 is withdrawn
when the front points are in the act of ascending to allow them to resume
their proper positions interspaced to the back points.
Fifthly, respecting new additional machinery for actuating and applying
certain apparatus for making spots to rotary circular bolt machinery.

page_text: Another further part of my said Improvements in machinery for
making figured or ornamented bobbin net lace, is for forming spots as
aforesaid, by gathering up and accumulating portions of particular bobbin
threads whereof meshes of bobbin net lace are in progress of fabrication
by the usual process of intertwisting, and combining bobbin threads
with warp threads by operation of a certain kind of machinery which is
commonly called double-tier circular bolt rotary machines, with single-
bladed lockers, for making either wide pieces or breadths of bobbin net
lace, the textures of such spots being very similar to that of the spots
made by the three applications herein-before described to fluted roller
machinery, and to lever machinery, and to pusher machinery, of forks for
slackening particular bobbin threads, which are brought across their corre-
sponding warp threads by appropriate racking of the latter, and the slackened
breads which are so brought across are then gathered up in part of the
formation of spots in the net by additional actions of the point bars, and
the same bobbin threads are accumulated by several repetitions of such
slackening, racking, and gathering, in order to form spots in the net of a
suitable magnitude, all which is performed during a temporary suspension of
the ordinary fabrication of the net, but which fabrication is resumed when
a row of spots is completed across the width of the net, and is continued until
so much length of net is made as is intended to intervene between one row of
spots and another succeeding row. The machinery now about to be described
effects the requisite slackening of the proper bobbin threads without the aid
of forks, and effects the requisite rackings of their corresponding bobbin
threads without employing extra guide bars (see Sheets XXVIII. to XXIII.
of the Drawings hereunto annexed). The two driving bars H and 1,
Sheet XXVIII., by swinging and vibrating backwards and forwards, move
the two divisions of carriages alternately backwards and forwards, so as to pass
and repass then one division after another between the two rows of warp
threads out of the front circular bolts into the back ones, and vice versa, in the
usual manner of such machinery, so long as the plain net is making; but
when spots are to be made the two driving bars H and I are both lifted
upwards, in order to remove them from their usual connection with their swing
jacks W, and to lodge them between suitable fixed holders 27, 27, by which
the said driving bars H and I will be retained motionless at such height above
the tops of the bobbin carriages as will permit those particular ones which
are to furnish thread for making the spots, and which are selected from
the other carriages, to be passed and repassed by themselves between the
warp threads with the usual swinging motions out of the front bolts into

page_text: the back ones, and vice versa; and in so doing the bobbin threads proceeding
from them will be arrested by the edges of the raised and motionless driving
bars H, I, at every time when the said bobbin carriages are swung out nearly
to the full extent of their vibration either way, whereby the said bobbin
threads will be bended and slackened in readiness for being laid across their
corresponding.warp threads, and for being gathered up by taking-up action of
the points, in a similar manner to what is done in the machines herein-before
described, wherein the said slackening is performed by forks. At the same time
that the particular selected bobbin carriages which are to furnish thread for
making spots are thus swinging backwards and forwards by themselves
in their circular bolts, all the other bobbin carriages are left motionless therein,
one division remaining in the front bolts and the other division in the back bolts.
This results from the raising up of their driving bars H and I, so as become
disconnected from their swing jacks W, and to remain motionless above the
tops of the carriages, as before mentioned, and the requisite swinging motion is
given to the said particular selected bobbin carriages, which are to furnish thread
for making spots, by means of small slender pushers 3, 3, projecting inwards from
pusher bars 4, 4, opposite to every plate in the width of the net where spots are
to be made therein. The pusher bars 4, 4, extend horizontally from the swing
jack W at one end of the machine to that at the other end, and the ends of the.
two pusher bars 4, 4, are attached to the two swing jacks W, W, in the same
manner as driving bars are usually connected therewith, that is, by lodging in
notches or on steady pins, so as to be firmly attached to the swing jacks whilst
performing their swinging action, but capable of being lifted off and removed
when any of the bobbin carriages are required to be taken out of their rows.
The pusher bars 4, 4, are applied to the swing jacks W, W, at a greater
distance asunder from each other than the distance between the two driving
bars H, I, when the same are let down into place on the swing jacks for
operation to drive all the carriages with their usual and proper action, for the
two driving bars H, I, will then be contained between or within the two
pusher bars 4, 4, in the manner shewn in the section No. 1, Sheet XXVIII.,
so as to avoid interference therewith; and the pushers 3, 3, will be immediately
beneath, the driving bars H, I, between them, and the bolts with the
extremities of the pushers 3, 3, ranging in conformity with the acting edges of
the driving bars H, I, and therefore the pushers 3, 3, can have no operation
on any of the carriages, but the same will be driven in entire rows or divisions
between the warp threads by the edges of the driving bars in the same
manner as if there were no pushers or pusher bars in the machine; but when
the driving bars H and I are lifted upwards out of connection with the

page_text: swing jacks W, and above the range of the carriages, as before mentioned,
and as shewn in the other section No. 2, Sheet XXVIII., their departure
leaves the pushers 3, 3, ready for selecting and acting against those particular.
carriages to which the ends of the pushers are then opposite, and, therefore,
by the swinging motion of the swing jacks W, W, and of the pusher bars 4, 4
(which continues as usual), the pushers 3, 3, will push those particular
selected carriages through the warp threads alternately backwards and
forwards, without any interference with any other of the carriages, but leaving
the same motionless in the bolts, because each of the pushers 3, 3, is only wide
enough to act on one carriage without interfering with the neighbouring
carriages, and, as before stated, the pushers 3, 3, are fixed to their bars 4, 4,
opposite to the places in the width of the net where spots are to be formed
therein, but at no other places. And it is only those particular selected
carriages which are so passed and repassed by themselves by the aforesaid
action of the pusher 3, 3, which will have their bobbin threads slackened as
before mentioned, the said selected carriages which belong to the front division
having their bobbin threads slackened when they are swung quite forwards,
and those selected carriages which belong to the back division having their
bobbin threads slackened when they are swung quite backwards. The racking
motions which are required to be given to the warp threads corresponding to
those particular selected bobbin threads which are to supply thread for making
the spots may be given to the two main guide bars t, t, without any extra guide
bars, as in the other machines herein-before described, because, although all
the warp threads will partake of such racking motions, nevertheless, as no other
carriages than those selected carriages which are to be operative in making
spots are passed and repassed between the warp threads, the racking of other
threads whereof the corresponding carriages do not pass or repass between
such warp threads will produce no effect at all. At the same time the
passing and repassing of the selected carriages, combined with the racking.
motion of all the warp threads, will cause the bobbin threads of those selected.
carriages to be laid across their corresponding warp threads, and the said
bobbin threads having been rendered slack by swinging against the inner
edges of the raised and motionless driving bars H, I, the said slackened
threads may be gathered up by action of the taking-up points in nearly the
same manner as in the other machines herein-before described. And whereas
Mr. William Sneath, herein-before mentioned, has claimed under his Patent of
the Thirty-first December, One thousand eight hundred and thirty-one, the
occasional removal of the driving bar of circular bolt or circular comb.
machinery, and substitution of pushers for selecting those particular bobbin,
warp

page_text: carriages which are to supply threads for forming spots, and for passing and
repassing those selected carriages between the warp threads when all the other
carriages are left motionless; and also has claimed the racking of all the warp
threads in concurrence with such passing and repassing of selected carriages,
in order to cause the said particular bobbin threads which are to form spots to
pass around their corresponding warp threads without occasioning any such
action between any other bobbin threads and warp threads than between those
which are selected and their correspondents as aforesaid: And also whereas the
mode herein-before described of slackening the bobbin threads of such selected
carriages by intercepting those threads by the edges of the driving bars, when
the same are removed out of the sphere of their ordinary action on the
carriages and left motionless above the same, has been used before the date of
my present Patent of the Twenty-sixth of June last in circular bolt machines,
which are called hand machines, because they are worked by manual labour
with handles and treadles, but has not been applied to rotary machines, I, the
said William Crofts, wish to be understood that I make no claim to the exclu-
sive use of the machine now describing, except when the same is constructed
suitably for being worked by giving a continuous rotary motion to one
turning handle or axis; and that this part of my said improvements consists
in the new machinery now about to be further described, for deriving from
such rotary motion all the several actions which are requisite for causing
the machine to cease for a time to make plain net, and to begin to make
a row of spots in manner aforesaid, and then when that row of spots
is completed to resume its ordinary course of making plain net, and
continuing the same until so much is made as is intended to intervene
between one row of spots and the next succeeding row. The machine
represented in Sheets XXVIII. to XXXIII. is of the kind commonly known
as circular bolt rotary machinery, with single-bladed lockers, for making either
wide pieces or breadths of bobbin net lace. The rotary machinery by which
the operation of making plain net is performed is the same as in common
use, namely: Z is the double turning handle, which the workman turns
round with a continuous rotary motion, in order to give motion to all parts of
the machinery, and by means of a spur wheel K on the axis T of the handles
Z acting with an intermediate wheel J, and that actuating another spur
wheel N on the long horizontal axis Y, the same is turned continually
round at the rate of three revolutions for every row of complete meshes of net
which is made. M is the main driving camm, fixed on the axis Y, and
operating against a truck at the lower end of a driving lever arm k, which
descends from the back axis o of the driving levers h, h, whereof the upper

page_text: ends are connected by half jack-links i, i, with joints at the lower ends of the
pendulous swing jacks W, W, which are by this means caused to vibrate
alternately backwards and forwards about their centre pins. The form of
the camm M is adapted to produce a slight pause in the swinging motion at
each extremity, and in the midway of the vibration, in order to give time for
the lockers F, F, to turn up their blades, so as to act against the teeth of
the carriages, and withdraw the same from between the warp threads into the
bolts to leave the threads at liberty for being racked. The lockers F, F, are
actuated by locking camms R. and on the axis Y. The locking camm R
acts on the back locker by a horizontal cross lever m which is beneath it, and
a link f, which goes up at the back of the machine, and the locking camm r
acts on the front locker F by a light lever p beneath it, and an upright link j
in front. The requisite racking motions of the two guide bars t, t, and of
the front bolt bar, are communicated by suitable racking wheels d, e, and 9,
fixed on the upright axis L at the right-hand end of the machine, and which
is turned round by means of a bevil wheel y on the lower end of it, with
a corresponding pinion of one third the size and number of teeth fixed on
the extreme end of the axis Y; consequently the upright axis L, together
with the several racking wheels upon it, are turned once round for making
a row of complete meshes of net. The point bars E and G are actuated
by those camms, whereof one, t, is fixed on the. upper end of the upright
axis L, and operates to withdraw the points from the meshes of the net in
preparation for taking up with them, the same camm v operating first
upon the front point bar, and then upon the back one in turn, as the
prominent part of the camm goes round. The other two taking-up camms
U, V, are fixed upon the end of a horizontal axis P, which is turned round
by means of a spur cog wheel Q fixed upon it, and turned by a pinion of
one third its size and number of teeth, fixed upon the axis Y of the main
driving camm M. The camm U acts by a lever u and upright link w to pull
down' the front point bar E, in opposition to its pulling-up spring S, after its
points have been withdrawn from the meshes of the net by action of the with-
drawing camm U, and that camm allows them to be reinserted amongst the
threads by force of suitable springs when they are down, and then the camm
U allows the front point bar E to be drawn up again for taking up the twists,
and crosses by tlie reaction of its pulling-up spring S. The other camm V acts
in like manner, and by a corresponding lever link and pulling-up spring for
pulling down the back point bar G when it is required to operate in its
turn. The point bars are racked endways whilst in the act of taking up by
fixed conducting plates at the ends of them, in order, by indentations on the

page_text: faces of those plates, to direct the points so as to make their insertions properly
amongst the threads. The conducting plate for the front point bar E is
marked z; it is fixed against the outside of the right-hand end standard, and
a gage screw in the projecting cranked arm at the right-hand end of the
front point bar applies to the upright face of the plate z by action of a
spring X, with an intervening lever x, which is mounted on a centre pin,
projecting out forwards from one of the crank bar arms, by which the front
point bar E is suspended. The winding-up motion of the lace roller is derived
from a camm wheels, fixed on the axis P of the taking-up camms U, V,
which camm s acts by intervention of a lever 1 to move a long driver o at
the back up and down, and by acting on the teeth of a ratchet whee! 9 it turns
the same round, and the lace roller is connected therewith by a suitable.
pinion on the axis of the ratchet wheel g, acting in the teeth of a wheel on
the end of the roller. All the said parts being in common use in such
machines for making plain bobbin net, and well-known, require no further
explanation beyond the writing of the Drawings.
The additional machinery which constitutes this part of my improvements
is for the purpose of making spots in the said bobbin net, and is as follows:-
A horizontal axis 42 is applied at the back of the machine, supported
in suitable bearings projecting backwards from the legs of the frame; it is
turned round by means of a ratchet wheel 48 of thirty-six teeth, fixed
upon the middle part of it, and turned a tooth at a time by a driver 49, which
is jointed to the backmost end of a cross lever 50, which is poised by its
middle upon a fixed centre pin, and the foremost end has a truck to apply
to the edge of a camm wheel 46 on the axis Y, with one prominence thereon,
which causes the driver 49 to turn the ratchet wheel 48 one tooth every time
that the swing jacks W and pusher bars 4, 4, are swinging out backwards
the full extent of their vibration, and are coming forwards again. The
machine represented in the Drawings is adapted to make three rows of
complete meshes of plain net intervening between each row of spots, and
to distribute the spots according to a chequered pattern, with the spots in each
succeeding row interspaced to those of the preceding row and following row..
The operation of making each row of spots continues whilst the main axis Y
of the driving camm M makes nine revolutions, and the making of the
intervening net also takes nine revolutions, so that the machine is employed
one half its time in making spots, and the other half in making net. When
the making of net is to be suspended, and a row of spots is to be begun, the
driving bars H and I are lifted up out of the way of the carriages as already
explained, leaving them without anything to disturb their quiescence in the

page_text: bolts, excepting those particular carriages, which are to be selected for
furnishing thread for making spots, and they will be acted upon by the
pushers 3, 3, in like manner as they were previously acted upon by the
driving bars H, I, and therefore the selected carriages will continue to move
backwards and forwards without any cessation of their accustomed vibration,
and passage and repassage between the warp threads, although the like
motion of all the other carriages does cease by the lifting up of the driving
bars H, I. The said lifting up is performed with a sudden rise, which begins
when the carriages in swinging backwards have arrived at the midway part of
their vibratory course, and the driving bars should continue in contact with
the carriages until they have so arrived, and then, whilst they are making their
pause, in order that the lockers F, F, may operate to draw them within their
bolts clear of the warp threads, as is represented in Sheet XXVIII.,
Section No. 1, preparatory for racking the threads, the driving bars H, I,
must be suddenly lifted up, leaving the carriages motionless, except those
which, as before mentioned, are to be selected and acted upon by the pushers
3, 3, and the selected carriages will, at the expiration of the pause, be pushed
through backwards into the position represented in the other Section No. 2,
Sheet XXVIII., and it is when they are pulled out to their fullest extent
by action of their lockers F, F, that the slackening action takes place upon
the bobbin threads of those selected carriages, which are then swung out
farthest from the warp threads. The lifting up of the driving bars H, I, is
performed by a pair of crutches 67, 67, one at each end of the machine, their
upright stems being fitted into fixed sockets in the manner of upright sliding
bolts, and the inverted arches at their upper ends being curved, the same
as the circular bolts are curved; and when plain net is making the upper
parts of the crutches 67, 67, conform exactly to the curvature of the bolts,
so as to be immediately beneath the ends of the driving bars H, I, but
without touching them. When the stems of the crutches 67, 67, are raised,
their arched parts lift up the ends of driving bars H, I, out of the notch
which are formed for the lodgement of those ends in the swing jacks W,
and as the said ends quit those notches they enter between the fixed holders
27, 27, which are to retain the driving bars H, I, from departing from each
other; and confine them in their motionless position; and in order to keep the
driving bars at a proper distance apart from each other, when they are in
that position, a plate 28 (see Sheet XXIX.) is suspended loosely upon each
of the centre pins within the wing jacks W, and the two ends of each of the
driving bars H, I, apply to the two edges of each of those plates 28, which
adapted for holding the driving bars H, I, at such distance apart when they
are

page_text: are raised up that their under edges will be suitably placed for arresting the
bobbin threads which are to be slackened, so as to draw off a proper quantity
of thread from the bobbins thereof but no more. The loose plates 28 are
narrower at their upper parts than below; and when the driving bars II, I,
are lifted up, as in Section No. 3, Sheet XXIX., the fixed holders 27 will
gather the two bars H and I in towards each other as they are rising up,
thereby keeping their ends in contact with the edges of the loose plates 28.
Note, when the driving bars H, I, are lifted up their ends come into guidance
by their fixed holders 27 before those ends totally quit or lose their hold
in their notches of the swing jacks W. When the driving bars II, I,
are down in their places, with their ends lodged in those notches of the
swing jacks (see Section No. 4), of the same ends will be quite clear
to swing without impediment beneath the fixed holders 27, 27, which are
fixed to the ends of the comb bars, and reach over upwards and inwards into
a suitable position for guiding and retaining the ends of the driving bars
when they are raised up without interfering with those ends when the bars
are down. The loose plates 28, 28, continue between the driving bars as well
when they are down as when they are up; but being unconnected with the
swings jacks W, W, they can remain motionless when the driving bars are
motionless, as they can swing with those bars when they are down in their
places in the notches of the swing jacks W, W. The lifting up of the
crutches 67, 67, is performed by lever arms 38, 83, projecting backwards
horizontally from a horizontal spindle bar 34, which is supported on bearings
near each end, and another in the middle of its longth, by the two lever
arms 33 acting beneath lateral prominences of the opright stems of the
two catches 67, 67; both of them are raised simultaneously, and thereby the
driving bars H, I, are lifted up equally at both ends. From near the middle
part of the spindle bar 84 two similar lever arms 13 and 28 project backwards
horizontally, and have joint pins at their ends, in order to connect them
occasionally with upright latch links 12 and 22, which are jointed at their
lower ends to levers 11 and 21, which are moveable about fixed centre
pins at their foremost ends, and have trucks at their opposite ends to
apply to the edges of two revolving camm wheels 10 and 20, which are
fixed on the axis Y. When the driving bars H, I, with their crutches
67, 67, are down for making plain net, and require to be lifted up in order to
commence a row of spots, preparation is so made for so lifting by the camm
20 presenting a depression to the truck of its lever 21, and letting down the
upright latch link 22, and the same when it gets down, being allowed.by a
notch in its wheel 19, on the back axis 42, to obey the action of a suitable

page_text: blade spring 61 catcher, with a notch beneath the joint pin of the lever arm.
23, so as to become connected therewith; and after that connection is made,
an elevation of the camm 20 raises up the lever 21, latch link 22, and lever
arm 23, and thereby the spindle bar 34, by its arms 33, lifts up both the.
crutches 67, 67, at once, and with them the two driving bars H, I, into
their motionless position, the lifting being performed suddenly when the
swing jacks W, W, and driving bars H, I, are at the midway of their vibration,
and being completed by the time that the lockers draw the two divisions of
carriages within their respective front and back bolts clear of the warp threads,
suitably for racking the same. The change from making plain net to
beginning to making spots is in great part accomplished by thus raising the
driving bars H, I, but they must be kept raised all the time that the spots are
making, aud the canım 20, which has recently raised them up, would also let
them down again before it had made one revolution; therefore, to prevent.
their descent, the upright latch link 12 of the other canım 10 comes into
action in the following manner :-It presents a depression to the truck of its
lever 11, so as to begin to let down the latch link 12 by the time that the
driving bars II, I, have been lifted up as aforesaid by action of the other cam
20; and whilst the link 12 is going down its notched catch 54, which is jointed
to it (and provided with a spring, gives way as it goes down against the joint
pin of the lever arm 13, and then snaps backwards beneath the said pin as
soon as the camm 10 has let down the upright latch link 12 a little way; and
after that, when the camm 10, by presenting an elevation, raises up the latch
link 12 again, the notched catch 54 thereof will become connected with the
joint pin of the lever arm 13, and will prevent that pin (or the driving bars)
from descending, when the depression of the camm 20, by coming round again,
would otherwise permit them to descend; but before the depression of the
camm 10 gets round again in its turn, as that would let down the driving
bars, the same is prevented by applying an upright propping latch 16 endways
upwards beneath a cross bar which extends horizontally from the end of the
lever arm 13 to the end of its fellow lever arm 23. The said propping latch
16 is mounted on a fixed centre pin at its lower end, and it is pushed forward
so as to insert its upper end beneath the said cross bar of the arms 13, 23, by
action of a notched wheel 29 on the back axis 42 pressing forwards a lever 17,
which is connected by a horizontal link 26 with the propping latch 16. The
propping latch 16 being by that means retained in office, it will keep the driving
bars raised all the time whilst spots are making, notwithstanding that the two
latch links 12 and 22 are moved once down and up again at every revolution
of their camms 10 and 20. When the row of spots is completed the driving

page_text: The latch
bars H, I, must be let down again with a sudden motion, and that descent
must be performed at the pause when the lockers are in action to lock the
carriages, when the swing jacks W are at the midway of their vibration, iu
order that the notches in them, which are to receive the ends of the driving
bars, may be exactly beneath those ends; but to suit this circumstance a
different camm from that by which the driving bars were raised must be
employed to let them down again, and that is the real office of the other
camm 10. To prepare for its action the other latch link 22 must first be
kept out of the way of the joint pin of the lever arm 23, because that one is
for lifting the driving bar, but it is the latch link 12 which is for letting them
down. The latch link 22 is pushed forwards out of the way of the joint pin
of the lever arm 23 by a prominence of the notched wheel 19, on the back
axis 42, acting by a lever 24 and horizontal sliding rod 25, to push forwards
the link 22 in opposition to its blade spring 61, and therefore its notch cannot
impede the intended descent of the joint pin of the lever arm 23.
link 22 has a prong projecting laterally at its upper end to apply in front of the
upper end of the fellow latch link 12, which, when that prong ceases to press it
backwards, would also come forward by action of its own spring 65, but is pre-
vented from doing so by the joint pin of the lever arm 13 being lodged in its
jointed notched catch 54. After this preparation the the notched wheel 29 of the
upright propping latch 16 presents a notch, and allows that latch to be pulled
back by a spring from under the cross bar at the ends of the lever arms 13 and 23,
thereby leaving the weight of the driving bars H, I, and crutches 67, 67, to be
supported by the upright latch link 12 and its camm 10, which latter presenting
a depression at the moment when the swing jacks reach the midway of their
forward vibration, lets down the crutches 67, 67, and driving bars H, I, with
a sudden motion, their descent being completed when the lockers lock up the
carriages; and so soon as the driving bars H, I, come down into their
notches on the swing jacks and the crutches 67, 67, come down to rest on
their own stop screws, then the latch link 12 being let down still lower by
its camm 10, the notch of its jointed catch 54 quits the joint pin of the lever
arm 13, and then its wire spring 65 draws forwards the latch link 12, and the
same as well as its fellow latch link 22 will keep forwards with their respec-
tive notches out of the way of the joint pins of their lever arms 18 to 23
during all the time of making plain net, notwithstanding that the said links
continue to move once down and up again at every revolution of their
Note, the blade spring 61 of. the latch link 22 must
camms 10 and 20.
be so much more powerful than the wire spring 65 of the other latch link 12
as to controul and overpower the same; and by the prong before mentioned at

page_text: the upper end of the latch link 22, it will bear back the fellow latch link 12 as
soon as a depression of the notched wheel 19 presents itself to the tooth of the
lever 24 at the commencement of a row of spots. The same action, by which
the driving bars H, I, are lifted up as aforesaid also takes the ordinary
racking wheels on the upright axis L out of action on the two guide bars t, t,
and the front bolt bar, and brings two other guide-bar wheels 51, 51, into
action on the same guide bars t, t, for racking them in a suitable manner for
making spots, when none but the selected carriages are passing and repassing
between the warp threads. For this purpose the upright axis L is lifted up
endways by a lever arm 47, which projects out backwards from the right-hand
end of the spindle bar 34, and by a truck upon a pin at the end of it actuates
another counter lever 56, which carries a truck on a pin projecting laterally
from it to apply beneath the under side of a flat circular plate 55 on the upright
axis L, so as to lift up that axis endways, with all the racking wheels upon it,
so much as to remove the ordinary racking wheels d, e, from their proper
situations against the racking levers opposite to the ends of the several bars,
and to bring into their places other additional racking wheels 51, 51, which
are provided on the axis L, and which are suitable for making spots, but
which were not previously in action whilst plain net was making. The bevil
wheel y at the lower end of the upright axis L does not partake of the lifting
thereof, because it is retained in a fixed collar bearing 58, and the axis is
fitted into the central hole of the wheel y, so as to slide freely through the
same, but is restrained from turning round without the wheel by a cylindrical
pin 59 fixed perpendicularly into the wheel to stand up therefrom, and which is
fitted through a hole in the end of a short arm, fixed fast upon the axis L, above
the wheel y. The weight of the upright axis Lis in a great part balanced by a
loaded balance lever 57, applied beneath the lower end of it, that it may be
lifted more easily. The two racking wheels g, on the axis L, for racking the
front bolt bar first one way and then the other, are both taken out of action on
their respective racking levers by the aforesaid lifting of the axis L, the front
bolt bar being at the time in its resting position towards the right hand; and
in order to retain it so whilst the spots are making an additional circular
wheel 60, which is fixed on the axis L above the two bolt bar wheels g,
comes opposite to a projection fixed in a suitable position to the uppermost
racking lever for reaching over to the edge of the lever 60, which being a
plane circular edge without notches, it prevents the front bolt bar being
moved away from its right-hand stops by accident whilst spots are making.
The withdrawing camm v on the upright axis L is not taken out of action on
the point bars back and front by the lifting up of the axis L, because the

page_text: teeth which apply to the circumference of that wheel are of sufficient breadth
to retain their hold, and the camm v, conjointly with the taking-up camms,
continues to actuate the point bars E and G with the same notions when
spots are making as when plain net is making. When the spots are com-
pleted the axis L is let down again by the same motion which lets down the
driving bars E, I, into their places on the swing jacks W. The ordinary
racking wheels d, e, and g are thereby restored to their places, and the
additional wheels 51, 51, and 60, are taken out of action, but the camm v
continues to act as it did. The winding-up motion of the lace roller is dis-
continued whilst the spots are making by means of a notched wheel 38 on the
back axis 42 acting against an elbow arm which rises up from the lever l, so
that when a prominence of the wheel 38 comes into action thereon it witholds
the lever 1, and prevents the long driver o from descending to take hold of any
more teeth of the ratchet wheel g. When the spots are nearly completed the
prominence of the wheel 38 passes away, and allows the lever 1, and its long
driver o, to resume their proper action for turning the ratchet wheel 9. and
winding up the lace net as fast as the same is made. The pusher bars 4, 4,
have the pushers 3, 3, inserted into dovetail notches, which are cut across the
under edges of the bars 4, 4, and are fastened therein by riveting and soldering,
see Figure 8, 4, Sheet XXVIII. The pushers 3 on the back pusher bar 4
must stand exactly opposite to those of the front bar 4, and the distances at
which the pushers 3 are fixed apart along the bars determines the distances
at which the spots shall stand apart the same row across the width of the
net. The pusher bars can be lifted off from their lodgement on the swing
jacks W, W, in order to take out carriages, and other pusher bars can be put
in with pushers at different distances apart, in order to alter the disposition of
the spots in their rows across the net. There are no other bars in this machine
which require to be notched or cut with vacancies, or otherwise altered from
their usual state in which they make plain net, in order to make spots. If the
spots are to be disposed in chequered patterns the two pusher bars 4, 4, must
be traversed endways in the interval between making one row of spots and
the next succeeding row. This is performed by a notched wheel 39, on the
back axis 42, which has a prominent side rim around its circumference with
notches thereon to operate with lateral action against the lower end of a
traversing lever 70, which is fixed on the hinder end of a horizontal cross
axis 71, and from the middle of that axis a lever arm 72 rises up to operate
against the swing jack W at the left-hand end, and which has a cranked
piece 69 fixed to it to reach out opposite to the end of the main centre pin on
which that swing jack W is suspended, in order that the upper end of the

page_text: lever arm 72 may act against the piece 69 opposite to the centre of motion of
the swing jack W, to move it endways along its centre pin; together with the
two pusher bars 4, 4, and the two driving bars H, I, which are supported by
the swing jacks W, W, so as to traverse the pushers 3, 3, in order to bring
them opposite to the places in the width of the net where spots are intended
to be made therein at succeeding times of making spots; and in order that
the two spring jacks W, W, at the opposite ends of the machine may partake
equally of such traversing they are united together by a horizontal bar 73,
which passes along in front of the lace just above the front points E, and
vibrates with the swing jacks, but being near the centre of motion it does not
swing far away from or towards the lace. A reacting spring 63 is applied to
the bar 73 to urge it, and the swing jacks W, W, and the pusher bars 4, 4,
always towards the left hand as far as the lever 72 will permit it to go that
way. The taking-up points upon the front point bar E require to be placed
immediately beneath or above those of the back point bar G whilst spots are
making, which is done by urging the front point bar E towards the right by
action of a spring 81, and intervening lever 82, until that bar rests against
an additional conducting plate fixed inside the right-hand end standard at 80,
with a gage screw at that end of the front point bar E to apply to the upright
face thereof, and to allow the spring 81 to operate. In that manner the
ordinary spring X of the front point bar is restrained from acting whilst spots
are making by a prominence of a notched wheel 37 on the back axis 42 coming
into action on the tooth of a lever 74, which, by an upright link 75 and elbow
lever 76, pulls the spring X, so that it will no longer act upon its intervening
lever x.
When the spots are finished the prominence of the wheel 37 passes
away from the tooth of its lever 74, and leaves the spring X at liberty to act,
and it is so much more powerful than the spring 81 as to overcome the latter
and carry the front point bar E towards the left until it rests against its
ordinary conducting plate z. The taking-up action of the point bars is
performed by effort of pulling-up springs S, as before explained, with a very
sudden ascending action, the camms U, V, acting to draw down the point
bars E, G, in opposition to those springs S, and each point bar is provided
with overlapping horns to protect the points of one row from being struck by
those of the other row. Note, in this machine the back and front lockers F, F,
must both be moved alike by simultaneous action of their respective locking
camms R and r, just as if both lockers derived their motion from the same
locking camm. The mode of operation in this machinery is as follows:-
Supposing that the machine has been regularly at work and only stopped for
examination at the place chosen for the commencement of the description, the

page_text: are thus
various parts will stand in the following positions:Both divisions of carriages
are behind the warp 'threads in the back bolts; the front bolt bar, front
guide bar, and 'back guide bar all stand racked to the left as far as they can
go; the back' points-took up last; the several racking wheels on the upright
axes L' at the right-hand end of the machine, and on the axes 42 at the back;
åre standing on those steps which are numbered 1 in the Drawings, Sheets
XXXII: and XXXIII: This position being understood, the mode of working
for making plain het is as follows: The winch handles Z being turned round,
the locking cams R, r, will allow the two lockers F, F; (back and front) tó
turn their single blades down inwards towards the warp threads so as to
unlock and release the carriages; and then the driving camm M 'causes the
two driving bars H, I, to swing forwards and push the carriages before them;
thereby passing the front division through forwards between the warp threads
from the back bolts into the front bolts, and when the front carriages
driven forwards rather more than half way through between the warp threads
the locking camms R, r, turn up the lockers F, F, back and front botli
together, in order to draw the two divisions of carriages out from between
the warp threads, locking the-front division in the front bolts, and the
back division into the back bolts, so as to leave the warp threads clear
for being. racked, and the main drawing camin M causes à pause in the
swinging motion of the driving bars in order to permit of so locking up
the carriages, and then the several racking wheels on the upright axes L
rack Number 2, which. racks. the front bolts one space to the right with
the front division of carriages in them, and also racks the front guides
one spice to the right. The lockers F, F, back and front, then turn
down inwards, and the driving bars H, I; resuming their vibration forwards
'drive the back division of carriages through forwards between the warp threads,
and when those carriages get rather more than half way through; the lockers
turn up again, and the front locker locks the back division in the front bolts,
the driving bars coming to a pause to perimit of such racking, and Number 8
is rackeil, which racks the front bolts one space to the left with all the
carriages in them, and the front points begin to draw out. Then the lockers
turn their blades down; and the driving bars-begin to swing back and
put the back-division through backwards; and the lockers turn up again to
lock the front, division into tlie front bolts and the back division into the back
bolts, the driving bars pausing. whilst Number 4 is racked, which racks the
front bolts one space to the right with the front division of carriages iii them,
and racks tlie back guides one space to the rights The front points having
been drawn out begin to go down. The lockers turn down inwards, and the
.

page_text: driving bars resuming their backwards swing drive the front division of
carriages through backwards between the warp threads, and then the lockers
lock up both divisions: in the back bolts, and the driving bars pause whilst
Number 5'is racked, which racks the back guides one space to the left. Then
the front division is brought through forwards and locked in the front .bolts,
and Number 6 is racked; which racks the front guides one space to the left, and
immediately after that racking the front points (which have been already
lowered down) penetrate between the warp threads in the manner represented
by dotted lines in Section Number 2, Sheet XXVIII., and then they go up very
suddenly by action of their pulling-up spring S. The back division is then
brought through forwards, and Number 7 is racked, which rack the. front
guides one space to the right: The back division is put through back-
wards, and Number 8 is racked, which racks the back guides one space to the
right. The front division is put through backwards, and Number 9 is racked,
which racks both the back guides and the front ones each one space to the
left. The back points begin to draw out. The front division is brought
through forwards, and Number 10 is racked, which racks the front guides one
space to the right. The back points are by that time drawn quite out and
beginning to descend. The back division is brought through forwards, and
Number 11 is racked; which racks the back guides one space to the right. The
back points are still going down. The back division is put through backwards,
and Number 12 is racked, which racks the back guides two spaces to the left,
and immediately after that racking the back points penetrate between the threads,
and are then pulled up suddenly by action of their spring S. And note, as soon
as the back points have thus made their insertion (which they do in a similar
manner to that represented for the front points by dotted lines in Section
No. 2, Sheet XXVIII.,) the back guides return one of the two spaces. which
they have been recently racked; because they were only racked two spaces, in
order to facilitate the insertion of the back points amongst the threads. The
acking wheels on the upright axis L have now gone once round, and a row
of complete meshes of net has been made since the commencement of this
lescription.. The points have taken up twice; first, the front ones, and then
he back ones. The changing of the machinery into a proper state for making
row of spots is made in the following manner :-At the time of racking
Number 12 the notched wheel 38, on the back-axis 42, presents an elevation to
he elbow arm 85 of the lever l; so as to withold that lever, and prevent the
ong driver o from descending, and thereby the winding-up motion of the lace
oller will be discontinued during all the time of making the spots; also, the
otched wheel 19, on the back axis 42, presenting a notch to its lever-24. allows

page_text: the horizontal rod 25, together with the latch link 22, to go back by action of
its blade spring 61, that latch link 22 being at the time lowered down to its
lowest position by the truck of its lever 21 descending into a depression of
the camm 20, and therefore the notch of the latch link 22 will pass under the
joint pin of the lever arm 23 of the spindle bar 34, so as to become jointed
thereto; and then as the camm 20 raises up the latch link 22 the notch will
lift up the end of the lever arm 28, and thereby the spindle bar 34, by its
other two lever arms 33, lifts up the upright stems of both the crutches-67, 67,
at once, and their upper ends lift the two driving bars H, I, out of their
lodgements on the swing jacks W, W, and raise those bars up to their
resting position above the range of the carriages (see Section Number 2,
This lifting up is
Sheet XXVIII. and Section Number 3, Sheet XXIX.
performed during the pause which is made by the driving camms whilst
Number 12 is racked, and at the same time the lever arm 47, at the
end of the spindle bar 34, by aid of the counter lever 56, lift up the
upright axis L of the racking wheels endways, so as to remove the
front bolt bar wheels g, and two guide bar wheels d, e, out of action,
and at the same time to bring other guide bar wheels 51, 51, into action,
which are suitable for racking those bars for making spots. The other
upright latch link 12 is borne backwards by a prong projecting laterally from
the first-mentioned latch link 22, when the latter was allowed to go back for
placing its hooked catch beneath the joint pin of the lever arm 23. The latch
link 12 is let down by the camm 10 to its lowest position soon after the lifting
of the driving bars, and having brought its jointed notched catch 54 beneath
the joint pin of the other lever arm 13, and after that, when the catch link 12
is raised up by its canım 10, it will assist the other link 22 and lever armı 28
in keeping the driving bars H, I, raised up to their motionless position. The
whole of the change above described is effected almost instantaneously after
Number 12 is racked, and during the pause of the swinging motion which is
allowed by the driving camm M for that racking. The form of the camm M
is shewn in Sheet XXXII. When the pusher bars 4,. 4, resume their back-
wards wing, after the change is completed, the ends of their front pushers 3, 3,
push back those particular carriages which are to be selected out of the
complete rows of carriages for making spots, leaving all the others motionless;
and when the said selected carriages get quite back, and are locked up into
the back bolts by the usual action of the lockers F, F, the bobbin thread of
the selected carriages of the back division are arrested by the edge of the
back driving bar I, which stands motionless above the carriages, see Section
Number 2, Sheet XXVIII., and those threads are thereby slackened. The

page_text: additional racking wheels 51, 51, then rack Number 1; which racks the front
guides one space to the left, after which the back pushers 3 push the selected'
carriages forwards, those selected from the front division coming through.
forwards between the warp threads, and then they are locked as usual in the
front and back bolts along with all the other carriages at the proper time for
racking Number 2, but no racking takes place that time; when the back
pushers, resuming their swing forward, push the selected carriages of the
back division through forwards, and the bobbin threads of the selected car-
riages of the front division are slackened by meeting the edge of the front
driving bar H; then Number 3 is racked, which racks the front and back
guides one space each to the right. And now a prominence of the notched
wheel 29, on the back axis 42, coming to act against its lever 17, pushes
forwards (by its horizontal link 26) the propping latch 16, which, when
forwards, inserts a shoulder on its upper end under the cross bar at the ends
of the lever arms 13 and 23, so as to prop the same, in order to keep them
and the driving bars H, I, and upright axis L, securely raised during all the
remainder of the time of making spots. The front points begin to draw out.
immediately after Number 3 is racked; and after they are drawn out quite
clear of the threads, and are descending, but before they penetrate the threads.
again, the front points must be racked, so as to. place their pins exactly beneath
those of the back points, which is done by the notched wheel 87, on the back
axis 42, in the manner already sufficiently explained. And note, the points will
continue so placed during all the time of making spots. The pushers beginning
to swing back the front ones push back the selected carriages, and pass those of
the back division through backwards. The selected carriages make a pause in.
the middle of their backwards vibration, and are locked up by the usual action
of the lockers at the proper time for racking Number 4, but no racking then.
takes place. Then the pushers, resuming their backward swing, push back
the selected carriages and pass the front division through backwards between
the warp threads. But note, the bobbin threads of the selected carriages
of the back division will not be slackened by the edge of the back driving
bar I this time, because they are already slack in consequence of no taking.
up having occurred since the last slackening at Number 3. Then Number 5
is racked, which racks the two guide bars back and front each one space to
the left. The front points are now going down, but are not yet quite down.
The pusher bars beginning swing forwards their back pushers 3 push forward.
the selected carriages, and bring those of the front division through forwards>
between the warp threads, and the two divisions are locked in the two rows
of bolts by the lockers front and back at the time for racking Number 6,
at which time the front guides are racked one space to the right, and the

page_text: back guides'one space to the left, whereby sufficient spaces are opened between;
the adjacent back and front warp threads of the pair corresponding to each
of the pairs of selected bobbin carriages for the proper insertion of the points,
between the warp threads of each such pair. The front points, penetrate the
warp threads immediately after that racking 'at Number 6; and the back
guide bar returns from its last racking motion, which was only a temporary
nudge for facilitating the insertion of the front points. Having so penetrated
the front points are pulled suddenly upwards. by their springs Staking
up -the laps which the slackened bobbin threads have made about their
corresponding warp threads by the preceding actions of slackening bobbin
threads passing and repassing the selected carriages belonging to the same
between the warp thread conjointly with .suitable racking.motions of those
warp threads. Then the pusher bars' resuming their swinging forwards.bring
the back division of selected carriages through .forward; and when both
divisions are locked up in the front bolts the bobbin threads of the selected
carriages of the front division are slackened by meeting the edge of the front
driving bar H; Number 7 is then racked, and racks the back guides one
space to the right; then the pusher bars beginning to swing backwards, push
the selected carriages of the back division through backwards, but at the
time for racking Number .8 .nothing is racked. The pusher .bars,resume
their backward swing; the bobbin threads of the selected carriages of the
back division are slackened at racking Number 9,-and the back and front
guides are then racked one space to the left. The back points begin to draw
out and the pusher bars to swing forwards and bring the selected carriages
of the front-division through forwards, but at the time of locking up and for
racking Number 10-no racking takes place. The back points having been
drawn out begin to go down; the pusher bars. resuming their swing forwards
bring the selected carriages of the back division through forwards and rack
Number 11, which racks both the guide bars front and back one space each
to the right; the back points go down; the pushers begin to swing back-
wards and put the selected carriages of, the back division through backwards;
and at the time of locking and racking Number, 12 the. back guides are
racked two spaces to the left, and the back points penetrate and immediately
afterwards. go up suddenly by action of their pulling-up- spring S, and then
the back guides go back one of the two spaces which they had previously
racked, the racking of two spaces being only for facilitating the insertion of
the points. The racking wheels on the axis L.have have now gone round
once more; and one third of each of the spots is worked. The remainder of
the operation is an exact continuation of that which has been described during
two more repetitions thereof, making three times over in all, by which time

page_text: six laps of pairs of selected slackened bobbin threads will have been taken
up, three of them by the front points and three other by the back points, thus,
completing the spots; and at the conclusion of the third repetition, when the
parts arrive at the same position as is chosen for the commencement of this.
description, the change which is requisite. for resuming the making of plain
net, is made almost instantaneously by letting down the upright axis I,
together with the two driving bars. H, I, to restore the latter into their places.
on the swing jacks W by action of the upright lowering latch link 12,
which then comes into operation by its camm 10. For making the change
the propping link 16 must be withdrawn by the notched wheel 29 on
the back axis 42 presenting a notch to its lever 17, and allowing the.
horizontal link 26 and the propping latch 16 to be drawn back by force
of a suitable spring; but previously.to so drawing, back, the upright lowering
latch link 12 will have risen up and placed its jointed notch catch 54
under the joint pin of the lever arm 13, so as to support the weight
of the driving bars H, I, and then after the propping latch 16 is disen-
gaged the depression of the canım 10, coming beneath the truck of the
lever 11, will lower the driving bars H, I, down at the exact moment when,
the swing jacks W, W, are at their pause in the midway of their backwards.
vibration; and when all. the carriages (including the selected.carriages in.
proper place amongst their respective rows) are locked by the lockers F.
one division in the front bolts and the other division in the back bolts, at the
racking of Number 12. The manner whereby the latch links 12 and 22,
operate has been sufficiently described before. Note, the additional racking
wheels 51, 51, perform their racking of Number 12 an. instant. before they,
are let down to make the change for making plain net, in the same manner.
as the ordinary wheels d, e, racked their Number 12 an instant before the
change for commencing the row of spots. And note, the winding up of the
lace roller may be resumed at the moment of the change, or as much sooner
as is found desirable, by the notched wheel 38 presenting a depression to the
tooth of the elbow arm 85 of the lever l...in order to leave the long driver o.
at liberty to descend. And lastly, after the change is made and the. making
of plain net recommenced, the front points must be restored to their proper
position interspaced. to the back points, by the notched wheel 37 presenting,
a depression, to the tooth of its lever 74; this is done when the front points
are withdrawing from the threads after the racking of Number 3,.and whilst,
they are drawing out, but before they descend. The operation of making,
plain net, is then continued until three rows of complete meshes of pet, are,
made, by three repetitions of the series of movements described at the com-
mencement of this description from Number 1.to Number 12 of the racking,

page_text: movements. Then another change is made to prepare for working a suc-
ceeding row of spots, which spots may, if desired, be arranged in respect to
those or the preceding row, according to a chequered pattern. The spots
may be interspaced in any way to the spots of the preceding row by merely
traversing the pusher bars 4, 4, together with the swing jacks W, W, and
their horizontal cross bar 78, in the manner already explained, by action of
the face notched wheel 39, which may effect its traversing office at any time
during the making of the plain net, so as to be completed before the time of
changing for making spots.
Sixthly, respecting pusher machinery for making spotted net by slackening
particular warp threads, but without suspending its usual operation of making
plain net.
Another further part of my said improvements in machinery for making
figured or ornamented bobbin net lace is for forming spots theroin as afore-
said, by occasionally gathering up portions of particular warp threads whereof
meshes of bobbin net lace are in progress of making, by the process of inter-
twisting and combining bobbin threads and warp threads together, by opera-
tion of that kind of machinery which is commonly called pusher machinery,
the spots being formed by repeated gatherings and accumulations of the said
particular warp threads by the usual action of the taking-down points, aug-
mented by additional action thereof, whilst the bobbin carriages are passing
and repassing with their usual vibrating motion between the warp threads,
without any interruption to their customary action of making bobbin net lace,
by intertwisting of the bobbin threads and warp threads, and crossing of the
bobbin threads, and taking the twists and crosses by the points. The said
particular warp threads whereof spots are to be made are supplied from
additional thread rollers of their own, distinct from the usual warp-thread
roller, and are guided by extra guides or extra guide bars distinct from the
main guide bars for the other warp threads whilst the plain net is making;
the said additional thread rollers and extra guide bars operate in the same
manner as the main warp roller and main guide bars operate, performing
exactly the same motions and producing precisely the same results as if
only one warp thread roller and two rows of main guides were used, as in
ordinary pusher machines. The same may be said of the two rows of pushers
back and front, which are provided with extra pushers, but the latter are
placed over the main pushers, so that the main pushers, together with their
extra pushers, form two regular unbroken rows of pushers suitably for making
plain bobbin net, by passing and repassing the bobbin carriages between the
warp threads, first one division and then the other, according to the usual
process of making such net in pusher machinery. When a row of spots is

page_text: to be begun, the extra pushers are placed over their main pushers so as to
open vacancies in the front row opposite to every place in the width of the
net where a spot is for the time to be made therein, and also to fill up the
usual spaces between the pushers of the back row at every such place; and
after such arrangement of the pushers, which is made without any inter-
ruption to the operation of making plain net, two adjacent carriages will be
passed and repassed together in pairs side by side between the warp threads
at every place where a spot is to be formed. The particular warp threads
corresponding to the bobbin threads of those two adjacent carriages are
those which are supplied from one of the aforesaid additional thread rollers,
and threaded through extra guides, or one of the aforesaid extra guide bars
in front and another at the back, forming a pair; wherefore those particular
pairs of warp threads can be rendered slack by turning round the said addi-
tional thread roller a very small extent by the machinery, and by giving
suitable racking motions of the said extra guide bars differing from the cori-
temporaneous racking of the main guide bars; the particular pairs of warp
threads so slackened can be brought athwart the corresponding bobbin
threads, which are at the time passing and repassing in pairs between tlie
warp threads, in such manner that the pairs of slackened warp threads will
begin to wrap around the pairs of corresponding bobbin threads; where-
fore, by suitable and timely application of the taking-down points, they can
be inserted amongst the threads so as to catch and gather down the said
wrappings of slackened warp threads in part of the formation of spots; and
by repetitions of such actions, whilst the ordinary process of making plain
net is going on, and without interrupting the same, a sufficiency of the
said particular warp threads may be accumulated and wrapped around
the corresponding bobbin threads to form spots. And in order that those
particular bobbin threads which enter into the composition of the spots may
hold out the accumulated wrappings of slackened warp threads to their full
extension, and render the spot most aparent, the said bobbin threads which
for the time belong to the spots do not partake of that traversing which the
other bobbin threads undergo as usual for crossing those bobbin threads one
over another, in order to form the tops and bottoms of the hexagonal meshes
of bobbin net lace, but the traversing of the said particular bobbin threads is
suspended and omitted at the times when they form part of the spots, but then
only, and consequently all the tension which those bobbin threads ought to
have borne as part of the network threads if they had traversed in due course
will become operative to destend the laps of warp threads which constitute the
spots. The means whereby the said bobbin threads are caused to avoid
traversing is the same as that whereby what are called bullet holes are formed.

page_text: in bobbin net, and which is well known to be performed in pusher machinery
.by opening vacancies in the rows of pushers opposite to the places where bullet
holes are to be formed in the width of the net, in order that those particular
carriages which are to avoid traversing may be left in one of the rows of
combs, out of their proper and usual places amongst their fellow.carriages
.when the,same are passed into the opposite combs where they are to receive
those racking motions whereby they are traversed; but the carriages so left
out of their places will not only have thereby escaped that one step of the
.traversing which they would otherwise have made, but they will have become
incorporated with the other division of carriages which are in progress of
traversing in a contrary direction, wherefore each of the bobbin threads
which ought by traversing to have mutually crossed each other in the
place where a spot is formed if they had traversed, will (in consequence
of not traversing and crossing immediately afterwards) commence a course
of traversing in a contrary direction of obliquity; and it is by both bobbin -
threads belonging to each spot making a return of their previous traversing
courses on arriving at the spot, instead of proceeding onwards across each
.other, that the spot will be distended as aforesaid; for in fact, if there
were no lappings of slackened warp threads around the said pair of bobbin
threads, uniting them together and filling up the space between them for
,the formation of a spot, a bullet hole would be left in the net by the
absence of the crossing at the place where a spot is formed by the lappings of
warp threads. The two rows of taking-down points contain twenty.points per
,inch in each row, back and front, the same for a ten-point gage, being double
the number usually employed in bobbin net machines of that gage, and the
pointed pins of one row are always exactly over or under those of the other
row, instead of being interspaced one to the other. This duplication and
arrangement of, the taking-down points is made in order that they may be
qualified to gather and take down the slackened warp threads in part of the
formation of spots at the same time that they are taking.down twists and
crosses in part formation of meshes of net in which such spots are to appear.
The taking-down points operate as usual for taking down the crossings and
twists for the formation of the plain net, and whilst spots are in progress of
formation the points also make additional taking-down motions in the intervals
between their usual taking-down motions, in order by frequent repetitions of
..taking down to gather and take down the aforesaid lappings of the particular
slackened warp threads around their corresponding bobbin threads, lap after
lap, as fast as the same are formed, and thereby accumulate the same to form the
spots. The usual, taking down motions, when they occur in due course for
taking down crossings and twists for the meshes of net, also take, down the laps

page_text: which are then formed, but the additional intervening takings down, which are
expressly made for down laps, do not interfere with the ordinary progress
of forming twists which is at the same time going on. In respect to the afore-
said action of taking-down points the machine now describing is the same as
the, pusher machine described at the commencement of this Specification, for.
making clothwork and net at the same time. And note, whereas a Patent
was granted to Mr. James Pedder, dated the Thirteenth day of August, Onc.
thousand oight hundred and thirty-four, and in the Specification which be
enrolled in pursuance thereof an improvement is described, amongst others, for.
producing spots in, the net which is making upon pusher machinery, and
for omitting a cross of bobbin threads at the places where spots are to be.
disposed in the.net, I wish to be understood that I make no claim to that
expedient for distending the spot, but confine my claim of Invention
respecting this part of my improvements now describing to the making of
the spots from pairs of slackened warp threads, as herein explained. The
additional parts which are to be applied to ordinary pusher machinery in
order to form spots in the bobbin net lace made thereby by gathering. and:
accumulating warp .threads without suspending.or.interfering with the opera-
tion of making the net, is in great part the same as hercin-before described.
respecting the pusher machine for making spots in the net by aid.of forks for.
slackening bobbin threads, which are gathered and accumulated to form the
spots, wherefore a very brief description will be-sufficient; but the operation
of the machinery is very different, and requires.explanation..
Sheets XXXIV. to XXXIX. of the Drawings represent the pusher machine
now describing, and the letters and numeral characters of reference, distin-.
guishing traits of colouring on those several. Drawings, are for the most part
used to denote and distinguish the same parts as are represented in the
precceding Drawings which have been herein-before described. The-machine
is provided with a driving camni 50 and counter camm 51 on the long horizontal
axis of the double-turning handles, and with driving levers 52 and 53, cross
link 55; and connecting link 54, to produce the-swinging.notion of the pusher.
barrs with a slight pause at each return thereof, as before.described; also there
are large racking wheels at each end of the machine on horizontal cross axes.
56 and 66, which are put in motion a tooth at a time by double-worms. 5 and
58 fixed on the two ends of the horizontal axis of the double-turning-bandles,
and acting in the oblique teeth of two large-face worm wheels 37 and 57,.to
turn the same one tooth at every proper time for.racking, all which is the
same as in the previous pusher machine; but the face worm wheels 37 and 57,
have each fifty-six teeth, because in this mode of making spots the. making of
plain net is going on at the same time with the making of spots, and therefore

page_text: the racking wheels do not require to make so many motions as in the previous
pusher machine, in order to produce two succeeding rows of spots together
with as much length of net as belongs to them, for the racking wheels
are adapted to go once round, whilst those two rows of spots and a suit-
able length of net is making. Two rows of complete meshes of net are
made to intervene between the succeeding rows of spots, and each row of
complete meshes requires fourteen racking motions to be made, the same
as usual in pusher machines; but as the making of the spots requires no
additional racking motions, four succeeding rows of complete meshes of net
(which require fifty-six racking motions to be made) will comprize two
succeeding rows of spots within that length of net, the spots in each of those
rows being interspaced to the spots in the other row to form a chequered
pattern. The two main guide bars t, t, and extra guide bars 3, 4, 9, and 5, 6, 7,
are applied as in the preceeding pusher machines to fixed supporting bars 1, 1,
and they receive their racking motions from large racking wheels on the cross
axis 56 at the left-hand end of the machine, with reacting springs to each bar.
The pushers bars G and H have extra pusher bars 10, 12, 26, and 11, 13, 27,
applied over them by bearing pieces 8, 8, in the same manner as in the pre-
ceeding machines, and the pusher bars and extra pusher bars are racked by
racking wheels on the cross axis 66, at the right-hand end of the machine,
with reacting springs to each bar. The extra guide bars 3 and 4 have extra
guides fixed upon each of them opposite to every place in the width of the net
where spots are to be made therein at one time of making spots; and the
warp threads which are to be slackened in order to furnish thread for those
spots are threaded through the said extra guides, those warp threads being sup-
plied from an extra thread roller by aid of the front measuring roller 28, which.
is moved round a little by the machinery in order to slacken those threads and
give down as much of each as is required from time to time when spots are
making, and it is the extra pushers on the two extra pusher bars 10 and 12
which are operative when spots are making from the said threads which are so
given down by the said measuring roller 28, and guided by the said extra
guides on the extra guide bars 3, 4. The other pair of extra guide bars 5, 6,
are for guiding those warp threads which are to be slackened and gathered for
forming spots at the next succeeding time of making spots, and which
threads are supplied from another extra thread roller, and given down by the
front measuring roller 28, and it is the two extra pusher bars 11 and 13 which
are operative in conjunction with the extra guide bars 5 and 6 and the back
measuring roller 45. The extra pusher bars, front and back, are likewise
arranged to act in pairs corresponding to the pairs of guide bar. The extra
pusher bars marked 10 in the front, and 12 in the back, operate in concert

page_text: with the two extra guide bars 3 and 4 and the front measuring roller 28 for
making spots at one time, and the extra guide bar 9 and front extra pusher
bar 11 also appertain to the making of those same spots. And the extra
pusher bars 26 in front and 13 at the back, operate in concert with the two
extra guide bars 5 and 6; and the back measuring roller 45, and the extra
guide bar 7, and front extra guide bar 27, also appertain to the making of
those last-mentioned spots. Note, the extra guide bars 9 and 7 are not for
the warp threads which are to form spots, but for certain of the main warp
threads which proceed from the main warp roller, and which stand adjacent
to those threads which are to form spots. The intention of threading those
adjacent threads in distinct guides on the extra guide bars 9 and 7 is for
occasionally bending those warp threads slightly aside from their proper places
in their respective rows, in order to open sufficient spaces for the passage and
repassage of those carriages which are to be passed side by side in pairs of
adjacent carriages, contrary to the ordinary course of proceedure in pusher
machinery. This has been already explained in respect to the extra guide
bar 9 in the preceeding pusher machine, and the same remarks apply in both
cases. The extra front pusher bars 10 and 11 are provided for passing and
repassing the two adjacent carriages side by side, as before mentioned, all
which will be more fully explained in the description of the operation of this
machinery. The point bars are actuated by camms V, m, p, W, on the long
horizontal axis U, which is turned round by wheelwork S. R, T, at the same
rate as the handles and the driving camms 50, 51, are turned, all which is the
same as in the pusher machine before described, and so is the mode of sliding
those camms endway along the axis U in order to take them out of action
when they are not required to act, and to bring them into action when
they are required to act, such sliding being performed by notched wheels
82 and 62 fixed on the two axes of the racking wheels 56 and 66. The
action of the notched wheel 82 on the axis 56 is transmitted to the taking-
down camm V and withdrawing camm m for the front point bar by an
elbow lever 81, sliding bolt 55, lever 45, horizontal link 48, and lever 45,
with reacting spring 86, precisely the same as in the former pusher machine;
and the action of the notched wheel 62 on the axis 66 is transmitted to the
two, the withdrawing camm p and taking-down camm W, for the back
points, by intervention of an elbow lever 61, sliding bolt 65, lever 69, with
reacting spring 67, as before described, also the several camms for actuating
the point bars, and provided with double disks, or two to each camm, vide-
licit, m and 43 V and 44, and also p and 63 W and 64; and by sliding
the camms one way along the axis U one set of those disks are brought into

page_text: action, or by sliding them the other way the other set are brought into action,
or when the camms are left in an intermediate position between those
extremes neither of the disks will be in action, and the camms will be wholly
inoperative. All this is the same as before described; but the form of the
extra disks 43, 44, and 63, 64, is different in the present instance, because
their office is different, being to enable the same row of points to perform. its
taking down twice in succession at the commencement and termination of
making each row of spots, contrary to the usual course of proceedure in lace-
making, wherein the two rows of points always operate alternately or by turns.
To enable the same row of points to be used twice in succession, it is requisite
for the opposite row of points to be withdrawn, and then raised up a very little
without rising up high enough for taking, and reinserted again immediately,
in order, by such abridged or false taking-down, motion (which may be per-
formed almost instantaneously), to put the row of points which is; to repeat its
taking-down action in the same condition as if the opposite points had really
taken down in the interval between the two successive takings down which
are required to be performed. The disks 43, 43, and 63, 64, are adapted to
actuate their respective point bars with. such abbreviated or false taking-down
motions as is requisite to qualify the other point bar for repeating its taking-
down action twice in succession. The forms of the camms is fully explained
in the Drawings, and their mode of action is stated in the description of the
mode of working. The point bars operate for taking down the plain net with-
out any racking motions; wherefore they have no conducting plates, but
depend upon the joints of the crank-bar arms in which they are supported for
the correctness of their motions, and are provided with springs to urge each
of the bars towards the left hand as far as those joints will allow; but occa-
sionally during the making of spots the point bars require to be slightly
racked at, the moment of making their insertions amongst the threads, in
order that they may be inserted into their proper places. This is done by
guidance of suitable conducting plates at the end 49 of a horizontal-sliding
bolt 42, which is advanced into action or withdrawn out of action, as is
required, by a notched wheel 98 on the axis 56, which acts on the bolt 42 by
intervention of a pendulous lever 41, as before explained; but in the present
instance there are two conducting plates at the end of the bolt 42, or one
broad plate serving for the two point bars back and front; and the said con-
ducting plates have no operation on the point bars except when they are raised
up and in the act of making their insertions amongst the threads; but when
the points go down to their resting place the said conducting. plates bave then
no operation, but the rows of points depend, upon their joint, and never vary

page_text: in respect to their endway situation when they are at rest. The two rows of
taking-down points contain twice as many points per inch' as is usual, according
to the gage of the machine, videlicit, twenty points per inch for a ten-point gage!
The pointed pins of the front row are always exactly under or exactly over those
of the back row, and each point bar is provided with overlapping horns at
each end of its row of points to protect each row from coming in contact with
the pointed pins of the other row. The warp threads which are to form the
spots are supplied, as before mentioned, from two extra thread rollers over the
machine, which are not represented in the Drawings. They must be very
free to turn round and yield thread, and the threads which come down from
them must pass once round the measuring rollers 28 and 45, which may be
covered with wollen cloth to cause the threads to adhere, and the ratchet
wheels 29 and 47 are fixed on the ends of the axes of the said rollers, and are
actuated by clawkers 32 and 48, which are jointed at the ends of levers 39, 39;
which are poised by their middles on fixed centre pins, and have trucks at
their opposite ends to apply to the edges of large notched wheels 40 and 46,
mounted on the axis 56, all which is the same construction as is herein-before
described respecting the pusher machine, Sheets I., II., and IV., excepting
that the notched wheels 40 and 46 are not fixed on the axis 56, but are fitted
loosely thereon, so that it serves then as a centre pin; and the said wheels
are turied round quite independantly of the axis 55, and even in a contrary
direction, by means of a ratchet wheel 100 (see Sheets XXXVI., XXXVII.,
and XXXIX.,) with fifty-six teeth, which are driven round a tooth at a time
by a driver 101, which is jointed to an upright sliding bolt 102, having a
guiding lever 104, and a truck at the lower end to run upon the edge of an
oval-shaped camm 103, fixed on the extreme end of the horizontal axis U;
and which camm 103 raises and lets fall the upright bolt 102, so as to move
the ratchet wheel 100 twice in every revolution of the axis U. The ratchet
wheel 100 and notched wheels 40 and 46 will by this means be turned once
round in the same time as the axis 56, but its motions of a tooth at a time will
be communicated to it at different periods from the racking motions given by
the snails 5 and 58 to the large-face worm wheels 37 and 57, which differences
of time is necessary in order that the warp threads for making spots may be
slackened in due time for the taking-down action of the points, as will be
described. And note, the thread rollers from which the threads for forming
spots are to be supplied must be weighted with friction cords in the usual
manner of thread rollers or extra thread rollers, and the weighting adjusted
so as, together with the resistance of the measuring rollers 28 and 45 (which
may also be weighted with friction cords), to give those warp threads

page_text: precisely the same tension as is given to the main warp threads by the
weighing of their main warp roller, in order that when plain net is making
without spots there may be no distinction as to tension between the warp
threads which are to form spots and any other of the warp threads. The
clawkers and holding clicks of the ratchet wheels 29 and 47 of the measuring
rollers 28 and 45 will offer no impediment to the turning round of the
rollers, and pulling down of the threads which are passed round them, because
the sloping sides of the serrated teeth will slip easily past the said clawkers
and clicks. The motion of the claw for pulling round the ratchet wheel for
winding up the lace roller is derived from a large notched wheel 38 on the
axis 66 by intervention of a lever J, as described in the former pusher
machine; but in the present machine the wheel 88 has a continued succession
of similar prominences all round its circumference, and therefore it winds up
the lace continually in the same nanner as is done in ordinary pusher
machinery. But note, if the more frequent taking-down action of the points
upon those rows of meshes which are made with rows of spots included in
them should-occasion any visible enlargement of those meshes, that tendency
may be counteracted by suitable adaptation of those particular prominences of
the wheel 38, which are then in operation for winding up the lace roller so as
to modify the rapidity of taking up to suit the circumstances. And note, in order
to obtain more substance for the spots, the warp threads whereof the spots are
to be made may, if desired, be stronger threads than the other warp threads,
provided that the appearance of such stronger threads along the plain from spot
to spot net is not objectionable, which it will not be in cases where figuring of
needlework is to be afterwards introduced amongst the spots. The order of the
several motions of the parts which operate upon the threads is the same in this
machine as is usual for pusher machinery for making plain net, and which
has been herein-before fully explained at the commencement of this Specifien-
tion respecting the pusher machino, represented in Sheets I to VIII.,
wherefore it is unnecessary to repeat any description of the mode of making
plain net; but it may be assumed that the machine has been making plain net
in the manner already described until the racking of No. 7, and then stopped
for examination; and supposing no motion to have taken place since that
racking, the various parts will stand in the following positions:-All the
carriages R as well as L are in one row in the front combs, excepting the turn-
again carriage at the left-hand edge, which remains behind in the back combs.
The back points took down last, and their camms p, W, have been slided
along their axis U to take them out of action, and the front points are about
to be drawn out by action of their withdrawing camm m, in readiness for

page_text: taking down in their turn by their taking-down camm V, which camms are
slided along the axis U to bring them into action. The different bars stand
in the following positions:-The front comb bar stands racked towards the
right hand as far as it can go; the back comb bar the same.
The front main
The back main
guide bar stands racked the left hand as far as it can go.
guide bar stands racked in his middle position, from which it can go one space
of one twentieth of an inch to the right, or two spaces to the left. The front
extra guide bar 3 stands racked to the left as far as it can go; it is capable of
making three spaces in all, but it is occasionally racked half spaces of one
fortieth of an inch. The back extra guide bar 4 (which is the fellow to bar 3,
forming a pair,) stands racked to the right within half a space of as far as it
can go that way; it is capable of racking 3 spaces in all. The front notched
wheel 40 for actuating the clawkes 32 for turning the ratchet wheel 29 of
the front measuring roller 28, which is to supply slackened threads to the two
extra guide bars 3, 4, now presents its lowest depression to the truck of the
lever 39, and the clawker 82, having hold of the teeth of the ratchet wheel 29,
will be capable of pulling down and turning that wheel five of its teeth by the
time that the highest prominence of the notched wheel 40 comes into action.
The front extra guide bar 9 is for guiding one warp thread for every spot
which about to be made, that thread being adjacent to the several guides on
bar 3 on the right hand of the latter. This bar now stands racked as far as
it can go to the left except half a space; it is capable of moving two spaces
in all. Its office is to bend the warp threads which it guides so much aside
towards the right as will make room for the passage of the carriages, which
are to be passed in pairs, two together side by side, between the threads.
The front pusher bar G now stands racked to the left as far as it can go; the
back pusher bar H now stands racked to the right as far as it can go. The
front extra pusher bar 10, which is to operate in concert with the back extra
pusher bar 12 and the extra guide bars 3, 4, for making the spots which are
now about to be commenced, now stands racked in a middle position, from
which it can go two spaces to the right or two spaces to the left; it is capable
of racking four spaces in all. It has one extra pusher upon it for every spot
which is about to be made, that pusher now filling up a vacancy in the row of
main front pushers to render them complete, and it has done so during all the
time of making plain net. The back extra pusher bar 12, which is to operate
as aforesaid in-concert with the bars 10 and 3, 4, now stands racked as far as
it can go to the right; it is capable of racking one space. It has one pusher
upon it for every spot which is about to be made, which pusher. now stands
over one of the main back pushers, so as to be inoperative, and it has been
H

page_text: so all' the time of making plain net. The front extra pusher bar 11 is to
operate during the making of spots for pushing that carriage L which is the
right-handmost one of each pair of adjacent carriages that are to be passed
and repassed together side by side. The bar 11 now stands racked to the
left as far as it can go; it is capable of racking thrée spaces in all. It has
onė pusher for every spot which is about to be made, which. pusher now
stands over the interval between two of the main front pushers, so as to fill up
the same; the said extra pushers on bar 11 stand adjacent to the exträ
pushers on bar 10 at the right hand thereof. The several bars now enumerated
(videlicet), the guide bars 3, 4, and 9, and the extra pusher bars 10, 12, and 11,
together constitute one set, which will act in concert for making that row of
spots which is now begun. The front extra guide bar 5 and the back extra
guide bar 6, which between them förm another pair for guiding the warp
threads proceeding from the back measuring-off roller 45, will not be operative
as extra guide bars at this time of making spots, their office being for making
the next succeeding row of spots; and they now stand in such positions as
to hold the warp threads which belong to them' in their true places in the row
of main guides to which they belong respectively, and they will, with slight
exceptions, be racked with exactly the same motions as the main guides to
which they belong, and therefore it is unnecessary to particularize their action.
The same of the three extra pusher bars 26, 13, and 27, which are to act in
concurrence with the pair 5, 6, of extra guide bars for forming the said next
succeeding row of spots. The front one 26 of these extra pusher bars has one
pusher for each spot, which pusher is now filling up a vacant space in the row
of front main pushers to render them complète for making plain net. The
other front extra pusher bar 27 has also one pusher for each spot, which
pusher now stand over that main pusher which is at the right hand of the
vacancy last mentioned, and is quite inoperative. The back extra pusher
bar 13 has also one extra pusher for each spot, which pusher is now standing
over one of the back main pushers and is inoperative. The three extra
pusher bars 26, 18, and 27, will be racked with exactly the same motions
as the main pusher bars G and H to which they belong respectively.
This position of the parts being understood, the operation of making a
row of complete meshes of bobbin net lace with a row of spots included
within certain of those meshes is as follows:-By turning the double
handles round the driving camms 50, 51, will begin to swing the pusher bars
backwards, and in making half a turn the carriages R will be pushed through
backwards, including those carriages L' which are to be operative in forming
spots, and which are pushed through by the front extra pushers on bar 11.

page_text: Note, that main warp thread of the front extra guide bar 9, which is on the
right hand of each of the warp threads of the extra guide bar 3, now stands
bended aside by action of its extra guide bar 9 half a space to the left, in
order to make room for the said carriages L to pass freely. The front points
were drawn out by their camm m soon after the racking of Number 7, and
are raised up by their camm V ready to penetrate the warp threads, and
then Number 8 racks the point guides two spaces to the right, and the front
extra guides 9 one and a half spaces to the right, and the back pushers
one space to the left, and racks the front extra guides 3 three spaces to
the right, and the back extra guides 4 three spaces to the left; and immediately
after those rackings the front points penetrate the warp threads, and then
the extra guide bars 3 and 4 return half a space of those three spaces which
they have been recently racked. Also, when number 8 is racked, an elevation
on the notched wheel 40 causes the clawker 32 to pull down one tooth of
the ratchet wheel 29 of the front measuring roller 28, in order to give down
as much of the several warp threads belonging to the extra guides 3 and 4 as
will slacken the same just so much as is requisite for the laps which those
threads are about to form around their corresponding bobbin threads in part
of the formation of spots. Also the notched wheel 62, presenting a depres-
sion to its elbow lever 61, allows the reacting spring 67 to slide the camms for
the back points along their axis U to the right, so as to remove the disks p
and W, and bring their other disks 63 and 64 into action. By turning the
handle round another half turn the carriages R are brought through forwards;
those carriages L which-went with them last time now coming back with them,
and the front points go down, taking down before them those slackened warp
threads which have been recently given off at the racking of Number 8, and they
get quite down a little before Number 9-is racked, the back point begining to
draw out the instant that the front point do get down, and then Number 9 racks
the front guides one space to the left, and the front extra guides 9 with them,
and the back guides the same, and the front pushers one space to the right,
and racks the front extra guides 3 two spaces to the left, and the back extra
guides 4 two to the right. And now the notched wheel 98, on the axis 56,
presents a depression to its pendulous lever 41, which acting on the sliding
bolt 42, allows the conducting plate at the end thereof for the gage screw 49,
at the left hand end of the front point bar, to retreat about one space to the
left. This has no effect on the points whilst they are down, but it is a preparation
for making a proper insertion with those points at the next time of taking up,
which is to be performed by the front points acting twice in succession. Also
an elevation on the notched wheel 40 causes the clawker 32 to pull down oue
TT 0

page_text: tooth more of the ratchet wheel 29, of the front measuring roller 28, for
further slackening of the warp threads of the bars 3, 4. By turning the
handle another half turn the carriages Lare put through backwards, and those
carriages R which correspond to the warp threads of which spots are to be
made go with them. Note, the back points, when drawn out of the threads
by their camm 63, on the axis U, go in again immediately, having been lifted
just enough by their camm 64 to get above the front points, and then the
front points draw out by action of their camm m, and begin to go up again by
a repetition of the action of their camm V, so that the front points perforin
their taking-down action twice in succession, and owing to the aforesaid sliding
of the camms for the back points bringing their disks 63 and 64 into action,
they will only be withdrawn from beneath the front points and lifted up a very
little and reinserted again above the same as aforesaid, without being raised
up for taking down. The front points are raised up ready for insertion by the
time that Number 10 racks the back guides two spaces to the right, and the
back extra guides 4 three spaces to the left, and the back extra guides 7 one
and a half spaces to the right, merely to make room for two carriages to pass
abreast next time. The notched wheel 40 causes three teeth of the ratchet
wheel 29 to be pulled down for further slackening of the warp threads of the
bars 3, 4, and racks the back extra pusher bar 12 one space to the left; thic
camms for actuating the back point bar are slided along their axis U so as to
take their several disks out of action. At another half turn the carriages L
are brought through forwards; the front points which were inserted amongst
the warp threads by guidance of their additional conducting plate at tho
end 49 of the sliding bolt 42, immediately after Number 10 was racked, go
down and get quite down a little before Number 11 racks the front guides one
space to the left, and the back guides one space to the left, and the back combs
one space to the left, and racks the back pushers one space to the left, and tho
front pushers one space to the left, and racks the front extra pushers 10 two
spaces to the left, and the front extra pushers 11 one space to the right, and
racks the front extra guides 3, and the back extra guides 4, half a space each
to the left. The camms for actuating the front point bar are slided along their
axes U to the right, so as to take their disks quite out of action; also the
notched wheel 40 presenting a depression allows the clawker 32 to rise up
and take fresh hold of one tooth of its ratchet wheel 29; likewise the
additional conducting plate at the end of the sliding bolt 42 is advanced into
a position for action on the front point bar when it goes up a notch at a time,
but has no effect upon that bar when the same is down. By another half turn
the carriages R are put through backwards, but leaving those carriages R,

page_text: and their adjacent carriages L, which are concerned in making the spots in
the front. This is in consequence of the recent racking of the front extra
pusher bar 10 and 11 opening vacancies in the row of front pushers, and the
reason for so leaving those carriages is, that they may escape the traversing.
which the other carriages are about to undergo; and now Number 12 racks
the back guides two spaces to the left, and the back combs one space to the
right, with the carriages R in them, whereby they make one step of their
traversing towards the right, but those carriages which are concerned making
the spots having been left, as before mentioned, in the front combs, do not
partake of that step of traversing; also the clawker 32 is raised up to take
fresh hold of another tooth of the ratchet wheel 29. By another half turn
the pusher bars are swung forwards but no carriages are passed, and
Number 18 racks the front combs one space to the left, with all the carriages L,.
together with those carriages R which are concerned in spotting, and which:
are now amongst the carriages L in the front combs, and the clawker 82 is.
raised up to take further hold of two more teeth of the ratchet wheel 29. By
another half turn the carriages L are put through backwards, leaving the turn-
again carriage at the right-hand edge, and all the pairs of carriages which L
and R are concerned in making spots in the front combs, and Number 14 racks
the front guides two spaces to the right, and the back guides the same, and
the front combs one space to the right with those pairs of carriages L and R
which are concerned in making spots, and the front pushers one space to the
right; and the camms for actuating the back points are slided along the
axis U to the loft, so as to bring their disks p and W into action suitably for
making plain net. The clawker 32 is raised still higher so as to get hold of
one more tocth of its ratchet wheel 29, and it will get hold of five teeth of.
that wheel by successive risings. By another half turn of the handles the
carriages L are brought through forwards, the back points are drawn out and
go up ready for penetrating the warp threads, and Number 15 racks the front:
guides two spaces to the left, and the front pushers one space to the right, and
the front extra pusher 10 two spaces to the right, and the front extra pusher 11
one space to the left, and racks the front extra guides 3 two and a half spaces
to the left, and the back extra guides 4 three spaces to the right, and the
front extra guides 9 one and a half spaces to the left; and also the camms
for actuating the first point bar are slided along the axis U to the right, so as
to bring their disks 43 and 44 into action in preparation for making the back
points act twice in succession. The front points take the place of the back
points as soon as the latter have taken down, in order that they may be able
to repeat their taking-down action a second time; also the notched wheel 40

page_text: causes the clawker 32 to pull down one tooth of the ratchet wheel 29, and
by turning the mearing roller 28 to slacken those warp threads which belong-
to the extra guides 3, 4, as was done before. By another half turn the
carriages L are pushed through backwards, and the turnagain carriage at the
right hand, and the pairs. of carriages L and R. which are: concerned in
making spots go through with them. The back points penetrated the warp
threads immediately after the racking of Number 15, and then the extra
bars 3 and 4 returns half a space out of the two and a half, and the three
spaces which they had been recently racked, and the back points get down a
little before Number 16 racks the front guides one space to the right, and
racks the back guides the same, and the back pushers one space to the right;
also the conducting plate at the end of the bolt 42 is, withdrawn out of the
way of the front point bar. By another half turn the carriages R are brought
through forwards, the front points are drawn out by their camm 43 imme-
diately that the back points get down, and then the front points, being lifted
up a very little by their camm 44, are immediately inserted again above the
back points, which can then be drawn out by their camm p, in order to be.
raised up again by their camm W for a repetition of their taking-down action,.
and they get up ready for penetrating the warp threads, when Number 17 racks.
the back guides two spaces to the left, and the front pushers one space to the
left, and racks the front extra guides 3 three spaces to the left, and the back.
extra guides 4 three spaces to the right, and the back extra guides 7 one and
a half spaces to the left; and the camms for actuating the front points are.
slided along the axis U to the left, so as to take their several disks out of
action. The notched wheel 40 causes its clawker 32 to pull down three teeth
of the ratchet wheel 29 to further slacken the warp threads of the pair 3.
and 4 of extra guides. By another half turn the carriages R are pushed
through backwards, and the back points penetrate, and immediately after that.
the extra guides 3 and 4 return half a space each out of the three spaces.
which they have recently been racked, and Number 18 racks the back combs
one space to the left, with all the carriages, and the back extra pushers 12.one
space to the right, and the canıms for actuating the back point bar are slided.
to the right along the axis U, so as to remove their several disks out of
action. The conducting plate at the end of the sliding bolt 42 is advanced
into a proper situation for action at the left-hand end of the point bars, but
will have no action on the point bars when they are down, being advanced in
p:eparation to guide either of them properly in making their insertions amongst
the warp threads, and the clawker 32 is raised up to take hold of one more
tooth of its ratchet wheel 29, and racks the front extra guides 8 half

page_text: a space
to the right, and the back extra guides 4 one and a half spaces to
the left. By turning another half turn the carriages L are.brought through
forwards; and now for the first time since the commencement of this description
these pairs of adjacent carriages which have hitherto been passed and
repassed together side by side between the warp threads are separated,
the carriages R, which have been hitherto concerned in spotting being left.
behind in the back combs in their proper places amongst the other carriages R.
This change in the operation results from the aforesid racking of the back
extra pushers 12 at the racking of Number.18,. and Number 19 racks the
back guides two spaces to the right, and the front combs one space to the left,
with the carriages L, which thereby make a step in their progress of traversing
towards the left, and those carriages L which have been operative in making
spots now partake of that traversing, and racks the front extra pushers 10
one space to the right, and the extra front pushers 11 two spaces to the right;
and then at the next half turn of the handles no carriages are passed, and
Number 20 racks the back combs one to the right, with the carriages R, and
thereby those carriages make a step of their progressive traversing towards the
right, and the clawker 32 is raised to take fresh hold of another tooth of
the ratchet wheel 29; then at another half turn the carriages R are brought
through forwards, leaving the turnagain carriages at the left-hand edge in the
back combs, and Number 21 racks the front combs one space to the right,
with all the carriages except the turnagain, which is in the back combs, and
racks the front guides and back guides each one space to the left and the front
pushers one space to the left, and the back extra guides 4 one space to the
right, and the camms for actuating the front points bar are slided along their.
axis U so far to the left as to bring their disks m and V into action for
taking down next time:
A full series of the operation of making a row of complete meshes of net,
including the making of a row of spots in those meshes, has now been gone
through, and the continuance of the operation being the same as that of
ordinary pusher machines, it is unnecessary to prolong the description.
Seventhly, respecting Lever's machinery for making spotted net without
traversing threads by slackening particular warp threads.
Another further part of my said improvements in machinery for making.
figured or ornamented bobbin net lace is for forming spots as aforesaid in such
net (of that kind) as is made, without diagonal traversing threads, although it
is composed of longitudinal warp threads and bobbin threads intertwisted and
combined into a network by twists formed by the union of bobbin threads and.
warp threads, as is usual in all kinds of bobbin net lace, and by crossings which
unite the twists to produce meshes; but those crossings are formed by adjacent

page_text: warp threads intersecting each other obliquely diagonally, for which purpose
each of the said adjacent warp threads makes a mutual step of diagonal
traversing in contrary oblique directions, in the same manner as is usually done
by the traversing threads in bobbin net at all places where they form cross-
ings; but, instead of continuing in such directions from selvedge to selvedge,
they do not proceed far in such oblique direction before they return with an
opposite direction of traversing obliquity for forming the next adjacent cross-
ings, wherefore the warp threads proceed along the length of the piece of net
by a zig-zag course, the bobbin threads proceeding along the length thereof in
the same manner as the longitudinal threads proceed in all kinds of bobbin net.
This kind of net, of which there are several varieties (whereof a specimen is
represented in Sheet XLIV.,) is very commonly made by bobbin net machinery,
and the mode of making the same being well known, and being no part of my
present Invention, it does not require a more particular explanation; but this
part of my improvements consists in the explanation of additional machinery
(now about to be described) to Lever machinery, when the parts thereof are
arranged suitably for making bobbin net without traversing threads as afore-
said for the purpose, by occasional operation of such additional machinery, of
forming spots in the net by gathering up portions of particular pairs of adjacent
warp threads, which are threaded through extra guides fixed on pairs on extra
guide bars, and supplied from a thread roller of their own, distinct from the
main warp roller, in order that by appropriate racking motions of those extra
guides in the intervals between the passing and repassing of all the bobbin
carriages between all the warp threads the said particular pairs of warp
threads will be caused to form laps around corresponding pairs of adjacent
bobbin threads, and then, by timely and appropriate application of the ordinary
taking-up points at every time that such laps are so formed, the same are
gathered up in part of the formation of spots; and also at the moment of so
gathering up by the points all the said particular pairs of warp threads which
are become so lapped as aforesaid are slackened by giving a small turning
motion to the aforesaid thread roller of their own, in order that the same may
give off as much of each of the said particular warp threads as is requisite to
be gathered up by the points at that time of gathering the same, and then by
repetition of so forming and gathering up successive laps of the same par-
ticular warp threads they are accumulated to form spots in the net. This
mode of forming the spots by accumulating the warp threads of such bobbin
net as is made without traversing threads is in some respects similar to that
of the preceding pusher machinery, but the additional machinery now to be
described as applied to Lever's machinery, for forming the spots in that manner,
is necessarily very different from the additional machinery which is applied for

page_text: a like object to pusher machinery. A Lever's machine, with the additional
machinery applied to it according to this part of my improvements, is repre-
sented in Sheets XL. to XLIII. of the Drawings, and the letters and numeral
characters of reference, and the distinguishing tints of colouring on their
several Drawings, are for the most part used to denote and distinguish the
same parts as are represented in the preceding Drawings of Lever's machinery,
Sheets XVII. to XXI., which have been described, but the additional
machinery now to be explained is much less complicated, and requires but
very little description. As the carriages do not require to be traversed in
making bobbin net without traversing threads, they are never divided, but
are always passed and repassed between the warp threads in one unbroken
row; hence the ordinary pusher bars, front and back, are unnecessary, and are
removed from the Lever's machine, together, with their pusher bar wheel, as
well as the usual dividing lever at the back of the machine, with its two
pendulous links for actuating the back pusher bar by motion derived from
the descent of either point bar, back or front. The usual lever and suspending
links at the upper part of the machine for raising the back catch bar on the
descent of either point bar is removed, and the corresponding tackle for nudging
the driver for the ratchet wheel of the front catch bar are likewise removed.
The ordinary catch bar wheels are changed for others, having alternate eleva-
tions and depressions, as shown in Sheet XL., in order that the two catch bars"
may be adapted for passing and repassing all the carriages alternately back-
wards and forwards between the warp threads without interrupting the regu-
larity of that alternation by any dividing. The point bars require to be
shogged endways from time to time during the operation of making the.net;"
and to be retained at the positions to which they are shogged, which is per-
formed as shown in the horizontal plan, Sheet XLI.; videlicet, for the back
point bar a notched wheel 16, turned by a ratchet wheel 15 and driver 17, and
acting on the top joint bar d of the back point bar, by intervention of a
pendulous lever 18, and elbow lever 19, with a strong spring 21, and regulating
stop screws 26 and 53, 54, and a slight spring 22, all which is exactly the
same as in the Lever's machinery formerly described, Sheet XIX.; but in the
machinery now describing the front point bar also requires to be shogged in
its turn, which is done by similar means (see Sheet XLI.),-videlicet, a notched
wheel 97, and ratchet wheel 95, turned by means of a driver 93, and acting
by intervention of an elbow lever 98, which parts being exact duplicates of
the former require no farther description. The front comb bar never requires to
be racked, and is therefore made fast, and no comb bar wheel is used. The
ordinary racking wheel, with their eight-toothed ratchet wheels, are removed, and

page_text: others substituted, with a ratchet wheel of sixteen teeth and two corresponding
guide bar wheels, as shewn in Sheet XL; for in making net without traversing
threads, as aforesaid, the Lever's machine requires two main guide barst and
96 for receiving the main warp threads in the same manner as the guide bars
of double-tier machinery, because the adjacent warp threads require to be
racked across each other for a moment whilst the points are in the act of
penetrating amongst the warp threads, in order to obtain the crossings of
those threads, as aforesaid, for uniting the twists of bobbin threads around the
said warp threads to form meshes. The said guide bar racking wheels go
round once in making two rows of complete meshes of the net, because there
are some differences between the racking motions which are required to be
given to the two guide bars for making one row of meshes and those for
making the next succeeding row, in consequence of the aforesaid step of
diagonal traversing which each of the warp threads is to make as aforesaid,
for producing the crossings, must be in a direction from right to left when one
row of meshes is making, but the traversing direction of the same warp thread
is reversed, or from left to right, when the next succeeding row is making:
Note, the mode of making such net without traversing threads is no part of
my present Invention, but only the mode now about to be described of making
spots therein. For this purpose I apply a pair of extra guide bars 3, 4, with
extra guides on each bar, opposite to every place in the width of the net where
spots are to be made therein at one time; and in case the spots are to be
disposed according to a chequered pattern, then I also apply a second pair
of extra guide bars 5, 6, with extra guides on each bar opposite to every place
where spots are to be made at the next succeeding time, vacancies being cut
out in the rows of main guides on the front bart and back bar 96 wherever
an extra guide is so applied. The warp threads which are to be gathered
up for making the spots are supplied from extra thread rollers 99 and 46,
and are passed around two measuring rollers 28 and 45, which are covered
with woollen cloth to cause the threads to adhere to them, and from them
the threads go up to the extra guides on the extra guide bars 3, 4, 5, 6,
the warp threads which are so supplied from the thread roller 99 and
measuring roller 28 being threaded through the extra guides of the pair of
bars 3, 4, and those supplied from the other thread roller 46, and measuring
roller 45, being threaded through the extra guides of the other pair of bars
5, 6. The thread rollers 99 and 46, with the measuring rollers 28 and 45,
must be weighted with friction cords to cause the warp threads which are
supplied by them to endure precisely the same tension as the other warp
threads which are supplied by the main warp roller, in order that all the

page_text: several warp threads may be given off with uniformity of tension for making
the net, and the ratchet wheels 29 and 47, which are fixed on the ends of
the axes of the measuring rollers 28 and 45; with drivers 32 and 43 for
turning them round, in order to slacken and give off thread for making spots
when required, will not impede the progressive drawing off of the threads
with due tension for making the net. The aforesaid extra guide bars and
extra thread rollers, with measuring rollers and ratchet wheels, are the
same as in the pusher machine last described. The drivers 82 and 43 for
the ratchet wheels 29 and 47 of the two measuring rollers, are each jointed
to the foremost ends of levers 39, see Sheet XLI., which are mounted on
horizontal fixed centre pins, and the backmost or tail ends of the levers are
jointed to upright rods 84, which go up within reach of short lever arms
projecting out backwards from the two axes or spindle bars F and G, and
each the said upright rods 84 carries two gage screws to be acted upon by
cither of those lever arms, so as to lift the tail end of the lever 39 or 39,
and thereby depress the driver 32 or 43 of that lever, so as to turn the
ratchet wheel 29 or 47, and the corresponding measuring roller 28 or 45
in order to give off thread. Each upright rod 84 has two such gage screws,
one for the lever arms of each point bar, wherefore the measuring roller
belonging to that rod will be turned when either one or the other of the
point bars is put down in preparation for taking up; but as the giving off
is only required to be performed when spots are making, and then is to be
performed by only one of the measuring rollers' 28 or 45, which is to supply
thread for the time, the drivers 32 and 43 are occasionally held back from
contact with the teeth of their respective ratchet wheels 29 and 47 by means
of a wire 89 or 89 proceeding horizontally backwards from each of them to
the upper end of an upright lever 88 or 88, which is mounted on a fixed
centre pin at its lower end, and has a tooth near to the upper end, to apply
to the edge of a large notched wheel 46 or 87, fixed on the horizontal back
axis 42, which extends horizontally all along the back of the machine, exactly
the same as in the Lever's machinery herein-before described, and which back
axis is in like manner turned round by a ratchet wheel 139, of fifty-six teeth,
fixed upon it, and having its teeth driven round by a driver 49 from the
arm 50 of the back axis T of the drawing tackle levers, so as to be moved
one tooth at every time, when the landing bars are fully extended, that
turning being performed coincidently with the racking of the ordinary
racking wheels, the ratchet wheel 139 being also turned by one or other of
two long drivers 43, 44, one other tooth every time that either of the point
bars back or front ascend in the act of taking up, all which has been already
explained. Whenever a prominence of either of the notched wheels 46 or 87

page_text: presents itself to the tooth of its lever 88 or 88, then the wire 89 or 89
allows the click driver 32 or 43 to apply to the teeth of the corresponding
ratchet wheel 29 or 47, in order to turn the same simultaneously with the
taking up by the point bars; but when a depression of the notched wheel
46 or 87 comes round, then the lever 88 being pulled backwards by a suitable
spring removes the click driver 32 or 48 from the teeth of the ratchet wheel
29 or 47, so that no action thereof will be produced. A notched wheel 48
is fixed on the extreme end of the axis 42 to actuate a lever 25 for detaining
the chopper lever S, the same as already described in the former Lever's
machine, in order to suspend the motion of the racking wheels on the upright
axis V whilst a row of spots is making, and to restore them to action when
the making of plain net is to be resumed. The four extra guide bars 3, 4,
and 5, 6, are racked in the same manner as in the Lever's machine before
described, by four large racking wheels 7, 8, and 11, 12, on an upright axis 9
at the left-hand end of the machine, with a ratchet wheel 10 of forty teeth,
which is turned round a tooth at every time that the landing bars are fully
extended, that turning being performed simultaneously with the action of the
ordinary chopper driver V by means of a driver 23, elbow lever 24, deriving
their action from a projecting piece u on the goose-neck link, whenever the
landing bars are extended with a reacting spring to pull back. A notched
wheel 38 is fixed on the back axis 42, for acting by a long lever 55 exactly
the same as in the former Lever's machinery for holding off the clawkers g
and h from their ratchet wheel of the winding up wheelwork for the lace
roller, in order that the winding up may be suspended whilst spots are
making.
The construction of my additional machinery, and the manner of incor-
porating it with the ordinary machinery of Lever's machinery, when the
same is prepared for making bobbin net without traversing threads being
now described, I shall proceed to explain the operation. Note, the
mode of making net of the aforesaid description in narrow breadths is well
known, and as it does not in any way affect the application of my said
improvements to the machinery, need not be further explained. Supposing
the machine to have been in full operation and only stopped for examination
at the place chosen for the commencement of the description, the positions of
the several parts will be as follows:-The several racking wheels being at the
zeros of their respective numbers of teeth, the carriages stand in their middle
position, having come from the back combs in their way to the front combs.
The front catch bar is down in the front notches of the carriages, but the back
catch bar is lifted up out of action. The back points took up last, and the
front points are ready for taking up next. The front guide bart stands racked

page_text: to the right all but one space of one twentieth of an inch for a ten-point gage ;
it is capable of moving three such spaces in all. The back guide bar 96 stands
racked to the left as far as it can go; it is also capable of moving three spaces.
The two extra guide bars 3, 5, which are in front, with spotting guides for
guiding the warp threads, which are to be slackened and gathered up for
making spots, now stand with their guides correctly spaced to fill up the
vacancies in the row of front main guides t; and extra guides on the two guide
bars 4, 6, at the back stand in the same manner correctly spaced to the back
main guides 96. And during the making of the plain net each of the said
pairs of extra guide bars will participate equally in all the racking motions of
that main guide bar to which they belong respectively, wherefore the main
guide bars, with their extra guide bars for spotting, perform during the making
of plain net the same as if all the warp threads were guided by the two main
guide bars. The front point bar stands shogged to the right as far as it can.
go, and the back point bar to the left as far it can go, each one being capable
of moving one space, their shogging motions being given when the points arc
withdrawn from the threads and as they are descending to make new insertions
amongst the warp threads, and the shogging is to cause those insertions to be
made at proper places. As the parts now stand the points of the back row are.
exactly under those of the front row, but they will not always continue so, for
at every other alternate time of taking up the back and front points will be
interspaced one to the other. The back stop U has now caught the prong z of
the back landing bar, and is holding the bars closed. This position of the several
parts being understood, the mode of making a row of complete meshes of plain
net in cight motions is as follows:-Take up with the front points by pressing
the right treadle, which, by its link and treadle lever e at the back, lifts the
upright link P, but as it rises it does-not act as first to raise the tail-pole
lever r of the front points, because of the oblique slot at the upper end of the
link P, but the catch n, which is jointed to the upright lifting link P, acts
beneath the hindmost end of the lever k, and by the upright link E and lever.
arm I, withdraws the front points from the meshes of the net; and by the time
that the bottom of the oblique slot of the link P begins to act on the joint pin
in the tail-pole lever r, so as to begin raising the same and lowering down the
front points, the catch n slips back from under the end of the lever k, and the
ordinary action of the front caster-back keeps the points withdrawn, and that
being done they drop in amongst the threads beneath the crossings already
formed by the warp threads belonging to the two guide bars t and 96. And
note, as the tail-pole lever went upwards, it piece 36 acted laterally against
one of the branches of the lever 35, so as to move the stop bolt 30 endways in

page_text: its socket, in order to withdraw its end from supporting the piece 36 of the
tail-pole lever s of the back points, which then settled down to its stop screw a',
and raised up the back points to the highest of the two levels, for the points
immediately after the front points were withdrawn. And the same motion of
the bolt 30, which withdrew it from limiting the ascent of the back points as
aforesaid, placed the other end of it in a suitable situation for limiting the
ascent of the front points to the lowest of the two levels for the points as they
descend; but before they enter amongst the threads the ratchet wheel 95,
which is borne by a projection from the spindle bar F, is advanced into contact
with the driver 93, so as to be turned round one tooth, in order by its notched
wheel 97 and elbow lever 98 to rack the front points one space to the left by
the time they get quite down. As the front points are going up again for
taking up, the long driver 42, which is jointed to a short arm of their spindle
bar F, turns the fifty-six toothed ratchet wheel 139 of the back axis 42 one
tooth from its zero to tooth 1, and thereby the notched wheel 56 disengages
the back stop U, so as to leave the landing bars at liberty to be extended
from each other, which is done in order to draw the carriages into the front
combs clear of the warp threads. Extend the bars to bring the carriages
through forwards the driver 49 of the arm 50 of the back axis T turns
the fifty-six toothed ratchet wheel 139 of the back axis 42 to tooth 2,
and then the ordinary chopper lever S, and its driver Y turns the sixteen-
toothed ratchet wheel of the racking wheels at the right-hand end of the
machine from their zero to No. 1, and the driver 23 of the elbow lever 24
turns the forty-toothed ratchet wheel of the large racking wheels at the
left-hand end of the machine from their zero to No. 1. This racks the front
guides, together with both its rows 5, 6, of spotting guides, one space to the
right, and the back guides the same; then close the bars to put the carriages
down to their central position, the back catch bar is let fall, and the front
one is raised; then extend the bars to take the carriages through backwards
into the back combs, and rack No. 2 of the two sets of racking wheels
tooth 3 of the back axis 42, and which racks the front guides one space to
the left and the back guides the same; then close the bars to bring tho
carriages to the central position,. the front catch bar is let fall, and the back
one is lifted; extend the bars- to bring the carriages through forwards into
the front combs, and rack tooth 4 at the back, and Number 3 of the racking
wheels, which racks both the front guides and the back ones one space each
to the to the right. Close the bars to put the carriages down to the central
position, the back catch bar falls, and the front one is lifted; extend the bars
to take the carriages through backwards, and rack tooth 5 and Number 4,

page_text: take up
which racks the front guides and back guides one space to the left. Close
the bars, the front catch bar falls, and the back one is lifted; extend the
bars to bring the carriages through forwards, and rack tooth 6 and Number
5, which racks the front guides one space to the right, and the back guides
two spaces to the right. Close the bars, the back catch bar falls, and the
front one is lifted; extend the bars to take the carriages through backwards,
and rack tooth 7 (which lets loose the back stop U ready for catching next
time) and Number 6, which racks the front guides two spaces to the left, and
the back guides one space to the left. Close the bars, the front catch bar
falls, and the back one is lifted, and the back stop U catches the landing
bars to keep them closed until after the back points have taken up;
with the bank points by pressing down the left treadle, and by the treadle
lever e, upright lifting link Q, its catch n acting on elbow lever L with-
draws the back point bar by the link w, and then the back points begin
to descend by the link Q lifting up the tail-pole lever s, and the piece 36
thereof acting laterally on the branched lever 35, shoots the bolt 30, so
as to withdraw the end thereof from beneath the stop piece 34 of the
tail-pole of the front points, which thereupon rise to the highest level,
and the back points go down, their caster-back keeping them out of
the threads as they descend; and as the ratchet wheel 15 of the spindle
bar C is brought against its driver 17, and thereby turned one tooth,
and its notched wheel 16, by its elbow lever 19, racks the back points
one space to the right, which being done they enter between the threads
bencath the crossings already formed by the warp threads belonging to the
two guide barst and 96. In going up again the long driver 44, which is
jointed to short arm of the spindle bar C, turns the ratchet wheel 139
on the back axis 42 to tooth 8, and thereby the notched wheel 56
disengages the back stop U, so as to release the landing bars; then extend
the bars to bring the carriages through forwards, and rack tooth 9 and
Number 7, which racks the front guides one space to the right, and the
back guides two spaces to the right. Close the bars, the back catch bar
falls, and the front one is lifted; extend the bars to take the carriages through
backwards, and rack tooth 10, which lets loose the back stop U, and by
the notch in the notched wheel 38 on the back axis 42, and long lever 55,
holds off the clawkers g, h, from acting on the ratchet wheel of the pinion
for the winding-up motion of the lace roller, so as to discontinue the winding
up of the lace in preparation for beginning to make a row of spots, during
which operation the lace roller is to remain motionless, and no net will then
be made, and Number 8, which is racked at the same time, racks the front

page_text: guides two spaces to the left, and the back guides one space to the left. A
row of meshes of plain net has now been completed, and a row of spots is
about to be commenced from the warp threads which are threaded through
the guides of the spotting bars 8, 4, and which is done by continuing the
operation in the following manner, during which the spotting guides bars 8, 4,
will be racked differently from the main guide bars t, 96. Close the bars, the
front catch bar falls, and the back one is lifted, and the back stop U detains tho
bars; then take up with the front points as before, except that in descending
they are shogged one space to the right by their notched wheel 97 before
they enter the warp threads, and in going up again they turn tooth 11, which
disengages the back stop U; then extend the bars to bring the carriages through
forwards, and rack tooth 12, and Number 9, which racks the front guides one
to the right, and the back guides one to the right, and racks the front spotting
guides 3 two spaces to the right, and the back spotting guides 4 one space
to the left. Close the bars, the back catch bar falls, and the front one is lifted;
extend the bars to take the carriages through backwards, and rack tooth 12
(which lets loose the back stop U) and Number 10, which racks the front.
guides one space to the left, and the back guides one space to the left, and
racks the front spotting guides 3 two spaces to the left, and the back spotting
guides 4. two spaces to the right, and a prominence of the notched wheel
87, on the back axis 42, acting by its lever 88, and wire 89, lets loose the
driver 32, leaving it at liberty to act in the teeth of the ratchet wheel 29 of
the measuring roller 28 for turning the roller slightly round, in order to give
off and slacken the warp threads, which are threaded through the guides of the
spotting guide bars 3, 4, at every time that the point bars either back or front
take up whilst spots are making. Close the bars, the front catch bar falls,
and the back one is lifted, and the back stop U catches the landing bars;
take up with the back points for the first time for forming the spots, no net
being formed. As the back points descend they are racked one space to the
left, and at the same descent, by connection of the upright rod 84 and
lever 85, the driver 32 turns the ratchet wheel 29 of the measuring roller
28 four teeth, for giving off a suitable quantity of all those warp threads
which belong to the front and back spotting guides 3, 4, and as the back
points are going up tooth 14 is turned, which relcases the back stop U; then
extend the bars to bring the carriages through forwards, and rack tooth 15
and Number 11, which racks the front guides one space to the right, and
the back guides one space to the right, and the back spotting guides 4 two
spaces to the left. Close the bars, the back catch bar falls, and the front
one is lifted; extend the bars to take the carriages through backwards, and

page_text: rack tooth 16, which lets loose the back stop U, and by a prominence of
the notched wheel 48, and the intervention of the lever 25, holds the chopper
lever S forwards to disable it from turning the sixteen-toothed ratchet wheel,
or the racking wheels at the right-hand end of the machine, any further; but,
nevertheless, it racks Number 12, which racks the front guides one space to
the left and the back guides one space to the left, and the front spotting guides
8 two spaces to the left, and the back spotting guides 4 two spaces to the right.
Close the bars, the front catch bar falls, the back one is lifted, and the back stop
U catches; take up with the front points for the second time in making the
spots; in so doing they are not shogged, but they cause the driver 32 to turn the
ratchet wheel 29 of the measuring roller 28 four teeth as before for giving
off and slackening the warp threads of the spotting guides 3, 4, and as the
front points are going up tooth 17 is turned, which releases the back stop U;
then extend the bar to bring the carriages through forwards, and rack
tooth 18 and Number 13 of the large racking wheels at the left-hand end;
the ordinary racking wheels at the right-hand end are not racked this time,
owing to the aforesaid detention of the chopper lever S, and consequently
the guide bars t, 96, will not be racked at all, but the large racking wheels
rack the front spotting guides 3 two spaces to the right, and the back spotting
guides 4 two spaces to the left. Close the bars, the back catch bar falls, the
front one is lifted; extend the bars to take the carriages into the back combs,
and rack tooth 19, which lets loose the back stop U and Number 14, which
racks the front spotting guides 3 two spaces to the left, and the back spotting
guides 4 two spaces to the right. Close the bars, the front catch bar falls,
the back one is lifted, the back stop U detains the landing bars; take up
with the back points for the third time during the making of the spots;
they are not shogged in descending this time, but the measuring roller 28 is
turned four teeth of its ratchet wheel 29 to slacken the spotting threads as
before, and as the back points go up tooth 20 is turned, which disengages the
back stop U; extend the bars to bring the carriages through forwards, and
rack tooth 21 and Number 15, which racks the front spotting guide bar 3
two spaces to the right, and the back spotting guide bar 4 two spaces to the
left. Close the bars, the back catch bar falls, the front one is lifted; extend
the bars to take the carriages through backwards, and rack tooth 22 and
Number 16, whereof the former lets loose the back stop U, and by a notch
in the wheel 48 allows the lever 25 to be disengaged by a spring from the
chopper lever S to restore the same to its usual action, and by a prominence
of the wheel 88 also restores the two clawkers g, h, of the winding-up ratchet
wheel to their usual action; and at the same time Number 16 of the large

page_text: rachet wheels racks the front spotting guides 3 two spaces to the left, and the.
back spotting guides 4 one space to the right. Close the bars, the front catch.
bar falls, the back one is lifted, the back stop Ụ detains the landing bars;.
take up with the front points, they are not shogged in descending, but the
measuring roller 28 is turned four teeth of its ratchet wheel 29 as usual,
and the clawker g turns the ratchet wheel of the winding up for the lace.
roller one tooth as usual for making plain net, and in going up tooth 23
is turned, which disengages the back stop. The row of spots which has
been making since Number 8 was racked are now completed by the four
taking-up motions which have been made (two by the back points, and two
by the front points) for catching and gathering up and accumulating such por-
tions of those pairs of warp threads which belong to the spotting guides 3, 4,.
as have been given off or slackened by the action of the measuring roller. 28.
at each of the four taking-up motions aforesaid, the said pairs of warp threads
having by virtue of the various racking motions which have been given to them
during the preceding description been made to cross over their corresponding
bobbin threads, so as to combine therewith and form spots in the net. Extend
the bars to bring the carriages through forwards, and rack tooth 24 and
Number 17, which latter is racked by the sixteen-toothed ratchet wheel of
the right-hand racking wheels, as well as by the large forty-toothed ratchett
wheel 10 at the left-hand end of the machine, and racks the front guides.
two spaces to the right, their extra bars 3 and 5 racking with them. Close
the bars, the back catch bar falls, the front one is lifted; extend the bars to
take the carriages through backwards, and rack tooth 25 and Number 18, the
former by a notch of the wheel 87, takes off the driver 32 of the ratchet
wheel 29 of the mensuring-off roller 28, so that it will not operate again for
slackening the warp threads belonging to the spotting guides 3, 4, and
Number 18 racks the front guides one space to the left, and the back guides
one space to the left. Close the bars, the front catch bar falls, the back
one is lifted, the back stop. U detains the landing bars; take up with the
back points; they will not be shogged in going up this time, but they
will now take up for the first time since making spots, in order to, take
up the crossings of the warp threads for making meshes of net, as de-
scribed at the commencement. In going up they turn tooth 26, which
disengages the back stop U; extend the bars to bring the carringes through
forwards, and rack tooth 27 and Number 19, which racks the front guides
one space to the right, and the back guides one space to the right. Close the
bars, the back catch bar falls, the front one is lifted; extend the bars to
take the carriages through backwards, and rack tooth 28, which lets loose

page_text: the back stop U and Number 20, which racks the back guides two spaces
to the left. Close the bars, the back stop U detains them, take up with the
front points; the front catch bar falls, the back one is lifted; in descending
the front points are shogged one space to the left; in going up tooth 29 is
turned, which disengages the back stop U. The sixteen-toothed ratchett
wheel and its racking wheels at the right-hand end of the machine has now
gone once round. The fifty-six toothed ratchet wheel 39 on the back axis 42,
with all its several notched wheels, as well as the forty-toothed ratchet
wheel 10, with its large racking wheels at the left-hand end of the machine,
have gone half round, and two rows of complete meshes of net containing a
row of spots in certain of the meshes of one of those rows is completed, and
all the parts of the machinery have regained the positions which they had
at the commencement of this description, excepting the fifty-six tooth ratchet
wheel 189, with its notched wheels on the back axis 42, and also the forty-
toothed ratchet wheel 10, and its racking wheels, which have, as before
mentioned, gone only half round. The further continuance of the operation
is an exact repetition of all that has been described; but the spotting guide
bars 5 and 6 are operated during the repetition instead of the bars 3 and 4,
which are made to accompany the front guide bar t and back guide bar 96
exactly in all their motions in the same manner as the spotting guide bars
5 and 6 have done during the preceding description; and also the back
measuring roller 45, with its driver 43 and lever 39, for actuating the same
when either of the point bars is descending for taking up whilst spots are
making, is allowed to come into action with the teeth of that ratchet wheel
47, by action of the large notched wheel 46, on the back axis 42, and the
lever *
thereto, with the wire * to the driver *
and to continue.
in action during all the said repetition; but the other click 32 of the ratchet
wheel 29, for the measuring roller 28, is held off from the teeth of that
wheel by the wire 89, lever 88, and notched wheel 87 on the back axis 42
all the time of the said repetition in the same manner as the other click was
held off during the preceding description. The only result of this alteration
during the repetition of making the spots with the spotting guides 5, 6,
instead of 3, 4, and with the measuring roller 45 instead of 28 is, that
the spots will be made at different places in the width of the net at the
repetition from the places where they were made during the preceding
description, in order to distribute the spots over the net according to the
intended pattern; and the spots which are made during the repetition
may be more or less numerous in their row than those made in the preceding
description, according to the disposition of the spotting guides on one pair

page_text: of bars 3, 4, and the other pair 5, 6, and the corresponding vacancies in the
rows of back and front guides. Therefore, by arranging the spotting guides
suitably on their bars 3, 4, and 5, 6, the spots may be distributed in clusters
of four spots in a diamond, or six spots in a hexagon, with or without a central
spot to the cluster.
Eighthly, respecting double-tier circular bolt or circular comb machinery for
making spotted net without traversing threads by slackening particular warp
threads.
Another further part of my said improvements in machinery for making
figured or ornamented bobbin-net lace is for forming spots as aforesaid in
such net (of that kind) as is made by double-tier circular bolt or circular comb
machinery, without diagonal traversing threads, although it is composed of
longitudinal warp threads and bobbin threads intertwisted and combined into
a network, as has been already fully explained respecting the Lever's machine
last described, this part of my said improvements consisting in the appli-
cation of additional machinery now about to be described to double-tier circular
bolt or circular comb machinery for forming spots in the net by gathering up
portions of particular pairs of adjacent warp threads, which are guided by
extra guides, and supplied from a thread roller of their own, and which threads,
by appropriate racking motions of those extra guides, are caused to form laps
around corresponding pairs of adjacent bobbin threads, which laps are gathered
up by the ordinary taking-up points in part of the formation of spots, the said
particular warp threads being slackened at the moment of so taking up, the
treatment which the threads undergo being much the same as has been already
explained respecting the Lever's machine last described; but the said treatment
is effected by different additional machinery, which, together with the incorpo-
ration of the same with the parts of circular bolt or circular comb machinery,
is now about to be described. See Sheets XLIV. to XLVIII. of the Drawings.
The machine therein represented is a rotary double-tier circular comb machine,
with driving bars and single-bladed lockers. It is very similar in the structure
and arrangement of its parts to that represented in Sheets XXVIII. to
XXXIII.; and whatever differences are to be found between the two
machines are quite immaterial as to the application of my additional machinery
thereto, the same letters of reference and tints of colouring being used to
distinguish the same parts in both machines. The former description will in
great part apply to the present, viz', the turning handles Z, with its wheels
K, J, and N, turning the long horizontal axis Y, whereon is fixed the driving
camm M, which causes the vibration of the driving bars H, I, by intervention
of a lever arm k, back axis o, driving levers h, h, half jack links i, i, and
swing jacks W, W; and likewise on the same axis Y are fixed two locking

page_text: camms R, r, to operate by intervention of levers m, p, and links fand j, to
turn the lockers F, F, up and down, in order to draw the carriages quite clear
through between the warp threads after they have been driven partly through
by the driving bars H, I. Also a pinion is fixed on the axis Y to turn a taking-
up cog wheel Q, of three times the size and number of teeth on the axis P, on
the end of which axis four camms are fixed for actuating the front bars E, G,
viz, a withdrawing camm S, and a taking-up camm U for the front bar E,
and a withdrawing camm v, and a taking-up camm V, for the back point bar
G, but they operate differently froin those before described, because the front
points are required to perform all the taking-up operations as well for making
the net as for making the spots, and the back points only operate to relieve
the front points from holding up and retaining whatever twists, crossings, or
laps the front points have taken up. For this purpose the taking-up camm V
for the back points is adapted to lower them down only a very little way after
they have been withdrawn by the usual action of their withdrawing camm v,
and then they are re-inserted again by action of the same action v, so as to go
in again immediately under the front points, which then becoming the upper-
most are prepared for performing taking up in the usual manner by being
withdrawn by their own withdrawing camm S, and then lowered down by their
own taking-up camm U, and allowed to penetrate amongst the threads by their
withdrawing camm S, and then raised up again by their 'taking-up camm U.
The action of the withdrawing camms S, v, is transmitted to their respective
point bars E and G by elbow levers X, X, and horizontal links x, x, and the
taking-up action of the other camms U, V, is transmitted by levers u, u, with
trucks and upright links w, w, all which is as usual in like machinery, and
requires no further explanation. The forms of the several camms is represented
in Sheet XLVII. The camm U is adapted to let down the front points lower
than usual; for taking up they make their insertion amongst the warp threads
in the position shewn in the section, Sheet XLIV. Note, the taking-up camm
U, V, for each point bar is adapted to raise up the points a little immediately
after the opposite points are withdrawn, thereby producing the same effect as
the overlapping horns which are applied to the other machines; but no pulling-
up strings are required, the lifting up being performed by the camms U, V.
The point bars require to be racked endways whilst they are in the act of
taking up, which is done by large racking wheels 37 and 75, at the upper end
of the upright axis L at the right-hand end of the machine (see Sheet XLV.),
those wheels acting by steps around their circumferences against the teeth of
levers 74, 74, which apply to the end pivots of the spindle bars B of the crank
bar arms, by which the point bars E, G, back and front, are suspended, and
räcking springs 21 are applied by interventions of cross lever 22 to urge each

page_text: of the point bars endways towards the right hand. The several racking wheels
on the upright axis L are of large diameter, and are turned round by
the usual mode of bevil wheel y on the lower end of the upright axis L,
turned by a small bevil pinion on the extreme end of the main axis Y of
the driving camms, but the bevil wheel y has one hundred and fifty teeth,
and the bevil pinion fifteen teeth, so as to require ten revolutions of the
axis Y to produce one turn of the upright axis Ļ. The several racking
wheels thereon are formed with forty steps around their circumferences, so
as to make forty repetitions of racking for each revolution of the axis L,
instead of twelve as usual, those rackings being performed during pauses
which are made in the swing of the driving bars H, I, when the carriages
are swung out to the full extent of their vibration each way, and also when
they pause in the midway, all which is as usual in like machinery. There
are two large racking wheels d and e on the upright axis L to actuate the
two main guide barst and 96, which bars are applied just as usual, but
with vacancies cut out in each row back and front at all the places in
the width of the net where spots are to be made therein, and extra
guides are applied on a pair of extra guide bars 3 and 4 to supply
those vacancies in the same manner as already described respecting the
other machines, and two other large racking wheels 51 and 52 are fixed
on the upright axis L for giving racking motions to those two extra
guide bars 3 and 4. The particular warp threads which are to furnish
thread for forming the spots are threaded through the eyes of the extra
guides on the bars 3, 4, and are supplied from an additional thread roller
99, and are passed around a measuring roller 28, which has a ratchet wheel
29 upon the end of its axis, to be turned round by a driver 32, jointed to a
cross lever 39, having a truck to apply to the edge of a revolving camm 20
on the main axis y, which causes the cross lever 39 and driver 32 to be
moved once up and down again for every turn of the axis y, and in so doing
it catches the teeth of the ratchet wheel 29, and turns the same, together
with the measuring roller 28, so much as to give off the exact quantity of
warp thread which is required to be taken up by the points in the act of
taking up each of the several successive lappings which are to form spots,
the turning motion which is thus given to the ratchet wheel 29 being nearly
coincident with the rising up of the front point bar E when the cross lever
39 and the driver 32 descends, in order to take fresh hold of the teeth of
the ratchet wheel 29. The lever 39 is stoped by the end of a regulating
lever 63, which is poised by its middle on a fixed centre pin, and the other
or tail end applies with a beak to the under side of the prominent rim of a
camm 55 on the upright axis L, which rim is cut. into steps, and by the

page_text: motion that they give to the lever 63 the descent of the cross lever 39
is regulated, so as to allow the driver 32 to take hold of more or fewer teeth
of the ratchet wheel 29, and thus determine how many of its teeth shall
be turned by the highest ascent which the most prominent part of the
camm 20 will give to it, that is, the action whilst spots are making; but
when the plain net is making the most prominent part of the rim 55 comes
into action, and that witholds the cross lever 39 from descending at all so
as to get hold of any teeth of the ratchet wheel 29, and in consequence the
same will not be turned at all. The winding-up motion for the lace roller
is derived from a prominent beak on the central boss of one of the swing
jacks W acting at the under side of a short cross lever, to which a driver O
is jointed. for acting in the teeth of the ratchet wheel, by which the lace
roller is turned round a tooth a time whilst the plain net is making in the
usual manner of like machinery; but a little before the tinie when a row
of spots is to be begun a horizontal sliding bolt 85 is pushed endways
beneath the end of the cross lever of the driver O to prevent that lever and
driver O from descending and taking hold of any teeth of the ratchet wheel.
The said bolt 85 is thus pushed endways by a prominence of a large
racking wheel 38, fixed on the upright axis L, by the intervention of a
suitable lever, and is withdrawn by a reacting spring, so as to leave the cross
lever and driver O at liberty for performing their usual action when the
making of plain net is about to be resumed. Note, the front comb bar
does not require to be racked, and therefore has no racking wheel, but is
made fast.
The construction of my additional machinery, and the mode of incorporating
it with the ordinary circular bolt or circular comb machinery being now ex-
plained, its mode of action is as follows:-Assuming that the machinery has
been in full operation, and only stopped for the purpose of examination, the posi-
tions of the parts at the place chosen for the commencement of the description
is as follows:-The several racking wheels are Number * standing with
their steps Number 1 in action, and no motion has taken place since they
račked Number 1. Both divisions of carriages are behind in the back comb,
and locked therein by the blade of the back locker F. The front guide bar t,
and the back guide bar 96, each stands in its middle position, from which
it is capable of moving either one space. (of one eleventh of an inch) to the
right, or one such space so the left. The back and front guides stand eleven
per inch in their respective rows, with one guide cut out in each row, opposite
to every place where spots are at any time to be made in the width of the
net. The front extra guide bar 3, and its fellow back extra guide bar 4, arẻ

page_text: each with its guides opposite to every other of the vacancy's in the row
of main guides to which it belongs, so as to fill up the same.
The warp
threads which pass through the eyes of the two extra guide bars 3 and 4 are
supplied from a separate thread roller 99, and are passed round a measuring
roller 28, in the same manner as before described respecting Lever's machine.
The two extra guide bars 3 and 4 form a pair, which always act in concert,
for the formation of a row of spots by slackening, gathering up, and accumu-
lating the warp threads, which are guided by them. The extra guide bars
3 and 4 will be racked with exactly the same racking motions as, the main
guide barst and 96, to which they belong respectively, so long as plain net
is making, the effect being the same as if the threads were all threaded
through the two main guide barst and 96, and supplied from the usual warp
roller, because the extra thread roller 99 is weighted so as to produce exactly
the same tension of those warp threads from the main warp thread roller.
And note, the ratchet wheel 29, and clawker 82, will not make any impedi-
ment to the pulling off of the threads, because the sloping sides of the teeth
will slip by the clawkers. The front points are tilted down in the act of
taking up, as shewn in the Drawings, having penetrated the warp threads
an instant before the racking of Number 1. The back points which are
up in their resting position amongst the threads stand racked as far as they
can go towards the left. This position of the several parts being understood,
the winch handle of the rotary movements may be turned round, and will
actuate all the various parts with the following movements in succession for
making a row of complete meshes of bobbin net, without traversing threads.
The two locking camms R and S, in begining to turn round, will allow the
locks F, F (both back and front), to turn their blades down inwards towards
the guides, so as to liberate the carriages, and at the same time the main
drawing camm M will cause the driving bars H and I both back and front
to swing forwards together, and in so doing the back driving * I, will drive
the two divisions of carriages forwards in their back combs, and pass the
front division of carriages through between the warp threads into the front
combs; and when the front carriages get far enough through between the
warp threads the blade of the front locker F being turned upwards by
its locking camm, will pull the said carriages quite through between
the warp threads into the front combs, and at the same time the back
division of carriages will be locked by the blade of the back locker, so
as to be retained in the back combs, and then the driving bars H, I, make
a pause whilst the racking wheels racks Number 2. The front points which
had made their insertion amongst the warp threads at the commencement of

page_text: the description go upwards, and are racked half a space to the right, and then
enter amongst the front and back bobbin threads, and are racked half a space
to the left; by the time that they get quite up to their resting place, which is
about the time when Number 2 is racked, the front points, when at the
resting position, are as far as they can go to the left hand. And note, in going
up the pointed pins of the front points go immediately beneath those of the back
points, and as soon as the front points get up the back points begin to draw
out from the threads; Number 2 racks the front main guides, together with
their extra guides 3, one space to the left. The lockers F, F, back and front,
then turn their blades down inwards to release the carriages, and the driving
bars H, I, resuming their forced swing, bring the back division of carriages
through forwards, and the front locker F turning up its blade again locks
them in the front combs, and Number 3 is racked. The back points which
were drawn out immediately after the racking of Number 2, go down a very
little, in order that they may be put in again beneath the front points by the
time Number 3 is racked with the jointed pins of one row exactly beneath
those of the other row. At the racking of Number 3 the front guides with
their extra guides are racked one space to the right; the driving bars begin
to swing backwards and repass the back division through backwards; the
front points draw out, and Number 4 racks the front guides one space to the
right. The driving bars resuming their backward swing repass the front
division, and the front points go down and get quite down, and are racked half
a à space to the right by their wheel 3 by the time that Number 5 is racked,
which nudges the back guides one space to the left, and immediately that the
said nudge is given the front points penetrate amongst both rows of guide
threads, and then the back guides return from their nudge, and the front
guides are racked one space to the left. And note, the front points in
penetrating this line amongst the warp threads enter beneath crossings which
the warp threads of the two rows of guides make athwart each other; for, in
consequence of the racking motions they have undergone, the back guide threads
are crossed to the left behind the front guide threads; the front points take up
those crossings, the front division is brought through forwards, and the front
points go up and get quite up by the time that Number 6 is racked, which
racks the back guides one space to the left; the back points begin to draw out,
the back division is brought through forwards, and the back point are let
down a very little way, and then go in again under the front points with the
pointed pins of one row under those of the other row, and then Number 7 is
racked, which racks the back guides one space to the right. The back division
is put through backwards, and the front points draw out, and Number 8 is racked,
which racks the front guides one space to the right. The front points go down

page_text: and are racked a quarter of a space to the right. The front division is put through
'backwards, and Number 9 is racked, which racks the back guides two spaces to
the left, and then the front points penetrate the warp threads, and then the back
guides return one of those two spaces which they were racked; and after the
front points have thus penetrated the warp threads they are racked one space
to the right before they penetrate the front bobbin threads, and return one
space to the left before they penetrate the back bobbin threads, and then go up
to their resting position. And note, the front points in penetrating this time
amongst the warp threads enter beneath the crossings which the warp threads
of the two rows of guides have made athwart each other; for in consequence
of the rackings they have undergone respectively the back guide threads are
crossed to the left behind the front ones, the front points take up those
crossings, the front division is brought through forwards, and Number 10 is
racked, which racks the front guides one to the left. The back points draw.
out and are racked half a space to the right whilst they are out of the threads,
and the front points which are in the threads are racked the same. The back
division is brought through forwards, and the back points are let down a very
little and inserted again beneath the front points, and Number 11 is racked,
which racks the front guides one space to the right. The back division is put
through backwards, and the front points are drawn out, and Number 12 is
racked, which racks the back guides one space to the right. The front
division is put through backwards, the front points go down and are racked
half a space to the right, and Number 18 is racked, which racks the back
guides one space to the left; and then the front points enter between the warp
threads, and are racked half a space more to the right; and then they enter the
front bobbin threads, and in going up to their resting position they are racked
'one space to the left. The front division is brought through forwards, and the
'front points go up by the time Number 14 is racked, which racks the front
'guides one space to the left, and the back points draw out and descend a little,
'and go
in again under the back points. The back division is brought through
forwards, and Number 15 is racked, which racks the front guides one space
to the right. The front points draw out, the back division is put through
backwards, and Number 16 is racked, which racks the back guides one space
to the right; the front points go down, and are racked half a space to the
right in descending. The front division is put through backwards, and
Number 17 is racked, which racks the back guides one space to the left; and
immediately after that the front points penetrate the warp threads and are
racked half a space to the right before they enter the front bobbin threads, and
after that they are racked one space to the left in going up to their resting
place. The front division is brough throng forwards, and Number 18 is rackod

page_text: which racks the front guides one space to the left. The back points draw out
and go down a little, and go in again beneath the front points. The back
division is brought through forwards, and Number 19 is racked, which' racks
the front guides one space to the right, and the back guides one space to the
right. The back division is put through backwards, and the front points drawn
out, and Number 20 is racked, which does not give any racking motion. The
front division is put through backwards, and the front points go down and are
racked half a space to the right, and Number 21 is racked, which 'racks the
front guides one space to the left, and allows the back guides to nudge for an
instant to the right; and after the front points have entered between the warp
threads the back guides return from their nudge, and the front points are
racked half a space to the right, and then enter amongst the front bobbin
threads, and are then racked one space to the left, and then enter amongst the
back bobbin threads, and go up to their resting position. And note, the front
points in penetrating this time amongst the warp threads enter beneath
crossings which the warp threads of the two rows of guides have made athwart
each other;. for in consequence of the racking they have undergone the front
thread are crossed to the left before the back ones, the front points take up
those crossings, the front division is brought through forwards, and Number
22 is racked, which racks the back guides one space to the left; the back
points draw out and descend a little, and then go in again under the front points.
The back division is brought through forwards, and Number 23 is racked,
which racks the back guides one space to the right. The back division is
put through backwards, and the front points draw out, and Number 24 is
racked, which racks both the guide bars together one space to the right. The
front points go down, the front division is put through backwards, and
Number 25 is racked, which racks the front guides two spaces to the left,
and the back guides one space to the left, and immediately afterwards the
front points penetrate the warp threads, and then the front guides return one
of the two spaces they had just before been racked, and the front points are
then racked half a space to the right, and then enter amongst the front bobbin
threads, and after that, in going up to their resting position, they are racked
half a space to the left. And note, the front points, at this time of penetrating
amongst the warp threads, enter beneath the crossings which are made by
the warp threads of the two rows of guided threads being crossed athwart each
other, the front guide threads being crossed to the left before the back ones,
and the front points take up those crossings to unite the twists of bobbin
threads and warp threads which have been previously made, and form meshes
of the network thereby.. The front division is brought through forwards, and
Number 26 is racked, which racks the front guides one space to the left, and

page_text: the back points draw out; and now the two point bars are both racked half a
space to the left, the front points being at the time in the threads, but the back
ones being out of the threads, and the back points are then let down a little
and put in again under the front points. The back division is brought through
forwards, and Number 27 is racked, which racks the front guides one space
to the right, and racks the back extra guides 4 one space to the left, this
being the first time since the commencement of the description when the
extra guides have been racked differently from the main guides to which they
belong respectively, and this is the commencement of making a row of spots
in the net. The back division is put through backwards, the front points
draw out, and Number 28 is racked, which racks the back guides one space
to the right, together with its back extra guide, and racks the front extra
guides 3 one space to the right. The back division is brought through
forwards, the front points descend and are racked three fourths of a space
to the right and penetrate the warp threads before Number 29 is racked,
which racks the back guides one space to the left, and the front extra
guides 3 one space to the left, and the back extra guiles 4 one space
to the right.
The front points are racked one fourth of a space after
penetrating the warp threads; then they enter amongst the bobbin threads,
and are balf racked a space to the left in going up to their resting
position; but when the front points get very nearly up to that position
the warp threads of both rows of extra guides 3 and 4 are slackened by
the measuring roller 28 being turned round two teeth of its ratchet wheel 29,
which causes the measuring roller 28 to give off as much of the thread
belonging to the extra guides 3 and 4 as the front points require to gather and
take up this time in part of the formation of the spots. The front division is
brought through forwards, and Number 30 is racked, which racks the front
guides one to the left, and the first extra guides 3 and 4 with them. The back
division is brought through forwards, and Number 30 is racked, which racks the
front guides one to the left, and the first extra guides 3 and 4 with them. The
back division is brought through forwards, and the back points draw out and
go down a little, and they go in again under the front points, and Number
31 is racked, which racks the front guides one to the right, together with
the front extra guides 3 and the back extra guides 4 one to the left.
The back division is put through backwards, the front points draw out, and
.Number 82 is racked, which racks the front extra guides 3 one space to
the right; and now the winding-up motion of the lace roller is discontinued,
in order that the winding up may cease from this time until the spots are
finished. The front division is put through backwards, the back points go

page_text: down and are racked half a space to the right, and Number 82 is racked,
which nudges the back guides for an instant one space towards the right;
and then the front points penetrate, and then the front extra guides 3 rack
one space to the left, and the back extra guides 4 one space to the right;
the front points rack about one fourth of a space to the left before entering
between the front bobbin threads. The front division comes through forwards,
and the front points rack one fourth of a space to the right in going up to
their resting place, and just before the front points do get up thereto the
ratchet wheel 29, of the measuring roller 28, is turned four teeth, in order to
give off as much of the warp threads of the extra guides 3 and 4 as the points
require to gather and take up of those threads in part of the formation of the
spots, and Number 34 is racked, which rack both the extra guides 3 and 4
one space to the left. The back division is brought through forwards, the
back points draw out and go down a little, and go in again under the front
points, and Number 35 is racked, which racks the front extra guides 3 one
space to the right, and the back extra guides 4 one space to the left. The
back division is put through backwards, the front points draw out, and Num-
ber 86 is racked, which racks both the extra guide bars 3 and 4 one space
cach to the right. The front division is put through backwards, the front
points go down, and are racked half a space to the right, and the back guides
are nudged one space to the right in preparation for the front points entering
an instant before the proper time for racking of Number 87; and as soon as
the front points are so entered the back guides return from their said nudge,
and Number 87 is racked, which racks the front extra guides one space to the
left, and the back extra guides one space to the right. The front points are
racked one fourth of a space to the left before they enter the front bobbin
threads, and then, after taking them in going up to their resting position,
they are racked one fourth of a space to the left; but a little before they get
up the ratchet wheel-29, of the measuring roller 28, is turned four teeth by its
driver 32, in order to give off as much of threads of both the rows of extra
guides 3 and 4 as the front points require, to take up at this time in part of
the formation of the spots. The front division is brought through forwards,
and Number 38 is racked, which racks both the rows of extra guides 3 and 4
one space to the left. The back division is brought through forward, the
back point drawn out, and go down a little, and enter in again beneath the
front points, and Number 39 is racked, which racks the front extra guides 3
one space to the right, and the back extra guides 4 one space to the left. The
back division is put through backwards, the front points draw out, and Num-
ber 40 is racked, which racks the front extra guides 3 one space to the right,

page_text: and the back guides and the back extra guides 4 one space to the right; and
now the winding-up motion of the lace roller is connected again, in order to
resume the winding up as soon as the making of the plain net begins again.
The front division is put through backwards, the front points go down, and are
racked half a space to the right, and then penetrate the warp threads before
Number 1 is racked, which racks the back guides one space to the left, and
the front extra guides 3 one space to the left. The racking wheels on the
upright axis L have now gone once round, and all the parts have reagained
the positions which they had at the commencement of this description, and
a row of spots with as much net as belongs to them has been worked by the
course of operations already described. The continuance of the operation is an
exact repetition of the same series, excepting that the warp threads require to
be slackened to give. off thread once more than above mentioned, in order to
complete the row of spots; this is done when the front points go up a little
before Number 2 is racked. The ratchet wheel 29 is then turned round four
teeth by its clawker 32, in order to give off as much thread from the two
rows of guide threads 3 and 4 as the front points require to take up that time.
In the whole the warp threads of the extra guides 3 and 4 will have been
slackened four times during the above course, corresponding with the four
times that the front points have taken up during, the making of the spots;
but by the passing and repassing of the carriages, combined with the racking
motions of the extra guides 3 and 4, two laps of the slackened warp threads
of the guides 3 and 4 will have been made around their corresponding bobbin
threads for every time of taking up by the front points during the making of
the spots, that after the first time of taking up, when ouly one less is taken up.
And note, the series of motions above described being continually repeated as
aforesaid, would make the spots of succeeding rows one under the other at
the same places in the width of the net; but in case they are required to
be arranged according to a chequered pattern, then another pair of extra
guide bars 5 and 6 must be provided, with their extra guides interspaced to
those of the extra guide bars 3 and 4. And then the pair of extra guide
bars 5 and 6 would be operative at the next repetition of the above descrip-
tion, in lieu of the bars 3 and 4, at every place where the latter are mentioned
therein. Also, in such case, the large racking wheels on the upright axis L
must be of double the size represented in the Drawings, with the series of
notches there represented extending only half round the circumferences of
the wheels for racking the bars 3 and 4, the other half of the circumference
having exactly the same notches as the racking wheels for the main guide
barst and 96 have at the same places; and another repetition of the same

page_text: notches being formed around the opposite halves of the circumference of the.
wheels for the other pair of extra bars 5, 6, will render one pair operate
during the other half thereof, all which is easy to be understood by consulting
the descriptions of the preceding machines, which are adapted for disposing
the spots in chequered patterns.
Ninthly, respecting improvements of my former three-comb bar machinery.
And lastly, another further part of my said improvements relates to exten-
sions of certain improvements for which Letters Patent have been granted
to me by His present Majesty, bearing date the 27th of May, 1834. And,
whereas in my Specification of that Invention, which I caused to be inrolled.
in the Chapel of the Rolls on the 27th day of November, 1834, I described
a new kind of machine for making bobbin-net lace, having a middle row of.
combs or cells for the reception of all the bobbin carriages in one row, which,
row can be wholly contained and included between two rows of guide threads
whilst the same are rucked, and having two rows of short circular bolts at the
front and back of the said two rows of guide threads, and which bobbin carringes.
are moved with their requisite movements into or out of such middle row of
combs by means of certain parts therein described as hooked pushers and
pickers, so that the said machine contains three distinct rows of cells for the
reception of its bobbin threads, and two distinct rows of guide threads, between
which the bobbin carriages are passed and repassed simultaneously, one division
of carriages passing between one row of guide threads, and the other division,
passing between the other row of guide threads at the same time that the.
other division is passing between the other row of threads, all which is fully
explained in my said Specification; and the part to which my present improve-
ments relate is represented in particular by Sheet V. of the Drawings annexed
to that Specification. And for the more clear understanding of my said
present improvements I have, in Sheet XLIX. of the Drawings hereunto,
annexed, made a copy of the said Sheet V. of my former Specification, with all
its letters and numeral characters of reference, which are fully explained in
that Specification, and I have superadded to the said copy (which, as afore-
said, is Sheet XLIX. of the Drawings hereunto annexed) the particulars
which constitute my present improvements thereon, and the same consists in
making the front bolts A and the back bolts B in the manner of circular
combs instead of circular bolts, that is, with a thin blade 110, 110, rising,
edgeways upwards from the convex curvature of each bult on the right-hand
side thereof, as is shewn in the separate Figure 110, the said blades forming
cells wherein the teeth of the carriages will be included, so as to be kept
separate from each other, and thereby to be retained and guided laterally in

page_text: the motions which they are intended to perform backwards and forwards in the
combs, and the extremities of the several hooked pushers 5, 6, 9, 10, enter
into and move along within those cells, so as by guidance thereof to be certain
to push the carriages therein without any risk of the ends of the hooked
pushers missing the teeth of the carriages, or slipping past the same, as they
are liable to do if mere circular bolts are used, as described in my former Speci-
fication, because the carriages and the hooked pushers, requiring to be very
thin edgeways upwards, have so very little contact as to be liable to loose that
contact by very slight lateral duration either of the teeth of the carriages or of
the ends of the hooked pushers from their true intended path of motion. But
all such lateral deviation either of the teeth of the carriages, or of the ends
of the hooked pushers, being effectually prevented by means of this part of my
present improvements, my former machinery may be worked with more
rapidity and certainty of action, so as to improve the performance thereof.
And further, I construct the middle combs 1 with extensions of their thin
middle blades each way along the circular part of the combs, those extensions
rising up above the same, as is shewn at 112, at the right-hand side thereof,
as is fully shewn in the separate Figure 112, in order to form distinct cells,
wherein the teeth of the carriages are included, so as to be kept in true
position laterally; and the lower ends of the pickers 7 and 8 being also
included, are prevented from missing the teeth of the carriages in consequence
of lateral deviations, and the said blades 112 may be made to extend upwards
so much above the circular curvature of the combs that the ends of the pickers
7 and 8 are never withdrawn therefrom when they are lifted above the teeth
of the carriages, as is required to be done according to the mode of working
described in my former Specification. But note, the ends of the hooked
pushers 5, 6, must be withdrawn from the said cells of the front or back rows
of combs A, B, when they are, by the swinging motion of their pusher bars G
and H, carried further backwards or forwards than the extent to which the
said blades 110 reach outwards; and it is when the ends of the hooked pushers
5, 6, do so quit the said cells that they, or the rows of combs to which they
belong, are racked sideways, in order that they may return into adjacent cells
to those out of which they have been just before withdrawn, so as to be
brought into action upon other intermediate carriages to those upon which
they had acted at the preceding time of action. And note, the said additional
thin blades 110 and 112, which constitute this part of my present improve-
ments, may be constructed either by rivetting a thin blade of metal laterally to
each circular bolt A, B, or comb 1, on the right-hand side of each bolt, in the
usual manner of making the combs of ordinary pusher machinery; but I prefer

page_text: forming the said combs A or B with their thin blades 110, and the middle
combs 1 with their thin blades 112, out of the same solid pieces of metal.
Having now described my said improvements in certain machinery for
making figured or ornamented bobbin-net lace, and the manner of performing
the same, I, the said William Crofts, do hereby declare that the new Inven-
tion, whereof the exclusive use is granted to me by the aforesaid Letters
Patent, dated the Twenty-sixth day of June, One thousand eight hundred and
thirty-five, consists in the following particulars :-
Firstly, part of my said Invention consists in the improvement, herein-before
described, for making figured or ornamented bobbin-net lace by interweaving
cloth work ornaments into narrow breadths or wide pieces of bobbin-net lace
which is in progress of making by operation of that kind of machinery already
in use which is commonly known by the name of pusher machinery, the said
clothwork ornaments being made contemporaneously with the meshes of
bobbin-net lace which is to be ornamented by them. And I make no claim,
by, virtue of my present Patent, to any other application of like machinery for
so interweaving clothwork ornaments, excepting to such pusher machinery..
Secondly, another part of my said Invention consists in the improve-
ment, herein-before described, for making figured or ornamented bobbin-net
lace by forming ornamented spots in such net as is in progress of making,
either in wide pieces or in narrow breadths, by such kinds of double-tier
machinery as operates by traversing the carriages, and as is commonly known
by the name of circular comb or circular bolt machinery, such spots being
made at intervals during occasional suspensions of the fabrication of such
lace, without any interruption to the accustomed vibration or swing of all the
carriages, or to the usual taking-up motions of the point bars, by the appli-
cation herein-before described of parts called forks for arresting such of the
bobbin threads (and those only) as are for the time to form spots, so as to
draw off some thread from their bobbins, and thereby render such threads
slack, in order that (by suitable and appropriate racking of the corresponding
warp threads by aid of extra guide bars) the particular bobbin threads which
are so slackened may, in the course of passing and repassing between the
warp threads, become laid across their corresponding warp threads, and may
be gathered up by suitable action of the ordinary taking-up points, in order,
by repetitions of such slackening and gathering up, to accumulate such
lappings of slackened bobbin threads in the form of spots for the ornament of
the bobbin-net lace. And this part also consists in the application, herein-
before described, of additional machinery to that kind of double-tier circular
bolt or circular comb machinery which is called fluted roller machinery, for

page_text: the purpose (by incorporation, in manner herein-before explained, of such
additional machinery with the parts of fluted 'roller machinery) of bringing
into action the several parts which are requisite for the aforesaid manner of
making spots during occasional suspensions of the making of a wide piece of
the plain net, and also for the purpose of actuating the said several parts in a
suitable manner for so making spots, and likewise for the further purpose of
taking the said parts out of action again when a row of spots is completed and
the making of the wide piece of plain net is to be resumed. And I make no
claim to any such application of like machinery for forming spots in bobbin-
net lace which is made by machinery which operates by traversing the warp.
יו
Thirdly, another further part of my said Invention consists in the improve-
ment, herein-before described, for making figured or ornamental bobbin-net
lace either in wide pieces or in narrow breadths, with ornamental spots
therein; by operation of that kind of single-tier machinery which operates by
traversing the carriages, and which is commonly known by the name of
Lever's machinery; the said spots being, as in the preceding, improvement,
made by accumulating successive lappings of particular slackened bobbin
threads, in manner aforesaid, by appropriate action of forks for slackening those
particular bobbin threads, and of extra guide bars for racking their correspon-
ding warp threads and of the taking-up points for gathering up the successive
lappings which the said particular slackened bobbin threads are caused: to
make around their said corresponding warp threads. And this part also
consists in the application, herein-before described, of additional machinery to
Lever's machinery for the purpose (by incorporation, in manner herein-before
explained, of such additional machinery with the parts of Lever's machinery)
of bringing into action the several parts which are requisite for the aforesaid
manner of making spots during occasional suspensions of the making of plain
net, and also for the purpose of actuating the said several parts in a suitable
manner for so making spots, and likewise for the further purpose of taking
the said parts out of action again when a now of spots is completed, and the
making of plain net is to be resumed.
Fourthly, another further part of my said Invention consists in the improve-
ment, herein-before described, for making figured or ornamented bobbin-net
lace (either in wide pieces or in narrow breadths) with ornamental spots therein
by operation of that kind of machinery which operates by traversing the
carriages, and which is commonly called pusher machinery, the said spots being
made as in the two preceding improvements by accumulating successive lappings
of particular slakened bobbin threads in manner aforesaid by appropriate action
of forks for slackening those particular bobbin threads, and of extra guide bars

page_text: for racking their corresponding cross threads, and of the taking-down points
for gathering down the successive lappings which the said particular slackened
bobbin threads are caused to make around their said corresponding warp
threads. And the part also consists in the application (herein-before described)
of additional machinery to Lever's machinery for the purpose, by incorporation
in manner herein-before explained of such additional machinery with the parts
of pusher machinery, of bringing into action the several parts which are
required for the aforesaid manner of making spots during occasional suspen-
sions of the making of plain net, and for the purpose of actuating the said
several parts in a suitable manner for so making spots, and for the further
purpose of taking the said parts out of action again when a row of spots is
completed and the making of plain net is to be resumed.
Fifthly, another part of my said Invention consists in the improvement,
herein-before described, of new additional machinery to be applied to certain
rotary circular bolt or circular comb single-bladed locker lace machinery, which
traverses the carriages, and which is already in common use for making either
wide pieces or narrow breadths of bobbin-net lace, my said new additional
machinery being so applied for the purpose of enabling other additional
apparatus, which forms no part of my Invention, to be combined with such
rotary lace machinery for the purpose of making bobbin-net lace either in
wide pieces, or in breadths ornamented with spots made from the bobbin
threads of particular selected carriages, which threads are slackened not by
forks but by the edges of the ordinary driving bars of the lace machine
when the same are raised up out of their usual driving position, and
retained motionless above the. reins of motion of the carriages, my said new
and additional machinery being applied to and combined with the said rotary
lace machinery, and with the said additional apparatus, in manner herein-
before described, for the purpose of deriving from the continuous rotary motion
of the ordinary turning handle or axis of such rotary machinery all the several
actions which are requisite for causing the ordinary lace machine to cease for a
time to make plain net, and to begin to make a row of spots by operation of
its aforesaid additional apparatus, which is actuated by means of my new
additional machinery without any other manipulation or assistance than that of
continuing the turning motion of the handle or axis without intermission; and
then, when that row of spots is completed, to resume its accustomed course
of making plain net, and continuing the same until so much is made as is
intended to intervene between one row of spots and the next succeeding
row, and then to begin again upon that succeeding row.
Sixthly, another part of my said Invention consists in the improvements,

page_text: herein-before described, for making figured or ornamental bobbin-net lace
either in wide pieces or in narrow breadths, with ornamental spots therein, by
operation of that kind of machinery which operates by traversing the carriages,
and which is commonly called pusher machinery, the said spots being made
by accumulating successive lappings of particular warp threads, which being
suitably racked by aid of extra guide bars, and suitably slackened by aid of
extra thread rollers and apparatus for supplying the said particular warp
threads, the same are caused to form lappings around their corresponding
bobbin threads, and those lappings are taken down by suitable action of the
taking-down points as fast as they are formed, without any interruption to
or suspension of the ordinary process for making plain net by the pusher
machinery.
Seventhly, another further part of my said Invention consists in the
improvements, herein-before described, for making figured or ornamented
bobbin net of that kind or class which is commonly made without traversing
threads, either in wide pieces or in narrow breadths, with ornamental spots
therein, by operation of single-tier bobbin-net machinery, such as is commonly
called Lever's machinery, the said spots being. made as in the preceding
improvements by accumulating successive overlappings of particular warp
threads, which being suitably, by aid of extra guide bars, and suitably
slackened (when requisite) by aid of extra thread rollers and apparatus for
and giving off and supplying the said particular warp threads, the same are
caused to form lappings around their corresponding bobbin threads, and those
lappings are gathered by suitable action of the taking-up points, and accumu-
lated to form spots at intervals during suspension of the ordinary formation of
meshes of net.
Eighthly, another further part of my said Invention consists in the im-
provements, herein-before described, in machinery for making figured or orna-
mented bobbin net of that kind or class which is commonly made without
traversing threads either in wide pieces or in narrow breadths, with orna-
mental spots, therein, by operation of that kind of double-tier bobbin-net
machinery commonly called circular bolt or circular comb machinery, the said
spots being made as in the two preceding improvements by accumulating
successive lappings of particular warp threads, which being suitably racked by
aid of extra bars, and suitably slackened (when requisite) by aid of extra
thread rollers and apparatus for supplying and giving off the said particula
warp tbreads, and those lappings are taken up by suitable action of the taking
up points as fast as they are formed during occasional suspensions of the
making of the net. And,

page_text: Ninthly, and lastly, as to that part of my said Invention which relates to the
extension of my former improvements, for which a Patent was granted to me,
bearing date the Twenty-seventh day of May, One thousand eight hundred and
thirty-four, the same consists in the application, herein-before described, of a
particular sort of combs in lieu of bolts to the three comb bars of my said
former machinery, for the purpose of guiding the ends of the hooked pushers
by which the carriages are to be passed and repassed between the warp
threads so as to render the action of the said former machinery more certain
and beneficial.
In witness whereof, I, the said William Crofts, have hereunto set
my hand and seal, this Twenty-sixth day of December, One thousand
eight hundred and thirty-five.
Inrolled the Twenty-sixth day of December, One thousand eight hundred
and thirty-five.